* config/obj-evax.h (S_SET_OTHER, S_SET_TYPE, S_SET_DESC): Don't define.
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / config / tc-hppa.c
1 /* tc-hppa.c -- Assemble for the PA
2 Copyright 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5
6 This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
7
8 GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
11 any later version.
12
13 GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
17
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
20 Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
21 02110-1301, USA. */
22
23 /* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science
24 at the University of Utah. */
25
26 #include "as.h"
27 #include "safe-ctype.h"
28 #include "subsegs.h"
29 #include "dw2gencfi.h"
30
31 #include "bfd/libhppa.h"
32
33 /* Be careful, this file includes data *declarations*. */
34 #include "opcode/hppa.h"
35
36 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (OBJ_SOM)
37 error only one of OBJ_ELF and OBJ_SOM can be defined
38 #endif
39
40 /* If we are using ELF, then we probably can support dwarf2 debug
41 records. Furthermore, if we are supporting dwarf2 debug records,
42 then we want to use the assembler support for compact line numbers. */
43 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
44 #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
45
46 /* A "convenient" place to put object file dependencies which do
47 not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c. */
48
49 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
50 typedef enum elf_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type;
51
52 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
53 typedef elf_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
54 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
55 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc)
56
57 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
58 /* How to generate a relocation. */
59 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf64_hppa_gen_reloc_type
60 #define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf64_hppa_reloc_final_type
61 #else
62 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf32_hppa_gen_reloc_type
63 #define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf32_hppa_reloc_final_type
64 #endif
65
66 /* ELF objects can have versions, but apparently do not have anywhere
67 to store a copyright string. */
68 #define obj_version obj_elf_version
69 #define obj_copyright obj_elf_version
70
71 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".PARISC.unwind"
72 #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
73
74 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
75 /* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces. */
76 #define GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME "$GDB_DEBUG$"
77 #define GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_STRINGS$"
78 #define GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_SYMBOLS$"
79 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME "$UNWIND$"
80
81 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
82 typedef int reloc_type;
83
84 /* SOM objects can have both a version string and a copyright string. */
85 #define obj_version obj_som_version
86 #define obj_copyright obj_som_copyright
87
88 /* How to generate a relocation. */
89 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_som_gen_reloc_type
90
91 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
92 typedef som_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
93 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
94 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.ap.hppa_arg_reloc)
95
96 /* This apparently isn't in older versions of hpux reloc.h. */
97 #ifndef R_DLT_REL
98 #define R_DLT_REL 0x78
99 #endif
100
101 #ifndef R_N0SEL
102 #define R_N0SEL 0xd8
103 #endif
104
105 #ifndef R_N1SEL
106 #define R_N1SEL 0xd9
107 #endif
108 #endif /* OBJ_SOM */
109
110 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
111 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 25
112 #else
113 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 10
114 #endif
115
116 /* Various structures and types used internally in tc-hppa.c. */
117
118 /* Unwind table and descriptor. FIXME: Sync this with GDB version. */
119
120 struct unwind_desc
121 {
122 unsigned int cannot_unwind:1;
123 unsigned int millicode:1;
124 unsigned int millicode_save_rest:1;
125 unsigned int region_desc:2;
126 unsigned int save_sr:2;
127 unsigned int entry_fr:4;
128 unsigned int entry_gr:5;
129 unsigned int args_stored:1;
130 unsigned int call_fr:5;
131 unsigned int call_gr:5;
132 unsigned int save_sp:1;
133 unsigned int save_rp:1;
134 unsigned int save_rp_in_frame:1;
135 unsigned int extn_ptr_defined:1;
136 unsigned int cleanup_defined:1;
137
138 unsigned int hpe_interrupt_marker:1;
139 unsigned int hpux_interrupt_marker:1;
140 unsigned int reserved:3;
141 unsigned int frame_size:27;
142 };
143
144 /* We can't rely on compilers placing bitfields in any particular
145 place, so use these macros when dumping unwind descriptors to
146 object files. */
147 #define UNWIND_LOW32(U) \
148 (((U)->cannot_unwind << 31) \
149 | ((U)->millicode << 30) \
150 | ((U)->millicode_save_rest << 29) \
151 | ((U)->region_desc << 27) \
152 | ((U)->save_sr << 25) \
153 | ((U)->entry_fr << 21) \
154 | ((U)->entry_gr << 16) \
155 | ((U)->args_stored << 15) \
156 | ((U)->call_fr << 10) \
157 | ((U)->call_gr << 5) \
158 | ((U)->save_sp << 4) \
159 | ((U)->save_rp << 3) \
160 | ((U)->save_rp_in_frame << 2) \
161 | ((U)->extn_ptr_defined << 1) \
162 | ((U)->cleanup_defined << 0))
163
164 #define UNWIND_HIGH32(U) \
165 (((U)->hpe_interrupt_marker << 31) \
166 | ((U)->hpux_interrupt_marker << 30) \
167 | ((U)->frame_size << 0))
168
169 struct unwind_table
170 {
171 /* Starting and ending offsets of the region described by
172 descriptor. */
173 unsigned int start_offset;
174 unsigned int end_offset;
175 struct unwind_desc descriptor;
176 };
177
178 /* This structure is used by the .callinfo, .enter, .leave pseudo-ops to
179 control the entry and exit code they generate. It is also used in
180 creation of the correct stack unwind descriptors.
181
182 NOTE: GAS does not support .enter and .leave for the generation of
183 prologues and epilogues. FIXME.
184
185 The fields in structure roughly correspond to the arguments available on the
186 .callinfo pseudo-op. */
187
188 struct call_info
189 {
190 /* The unwind descriptor being built. */
191 struct unwind_table ci_unwind;
192
193 /* Name of this function. */
194 symbolS *start_symbol;
195
196 /* (temporary) symbol used to mark the end of this function. */
197 symbolS *end_symbol;
198
199 /* Next entry in the chain. */
200 struct call_info *ci_next;
201 };
202
203 /* Operand formats for FP instructions. Note not all FP instructions
204 allow all four formats to be used (for example fmpysub only allows
205 SGL and DBL). */
206 typedef enum
207 {
208 SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD, W, UW, DW, UDW, QW, UQW
209 }
210 fp_operand_format;
211
212 /* This fully describes the symbol types which may be attached to
213 an EXPORT or IMPORT directive. Only SOM uses this formation
214 (ELF has no need for it). */
215 typedef enum
216 {
217 SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
218 SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE,
219 SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE,
220 SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA,
221 SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY,
222 SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE,
223 SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL,
224 SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG,
225 SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG,
226 }
227 pa_symbol_type;
228
229 /* This structure contains information needed to assemble
230 individual instructions. */
231 struct pa_it
232 {
233 /* Holds the opcode after parsing by pa_ip. */
234 unsigned long opcode;
235
236 /* Holds an expression associated with the current instruction. */
237 expressionS exp;
238
239 /* Does this instruction use PC-relative addressing. */
240 int pcrel;
241
242 /* Floating point formats for operand1 and operand2. */
243 fp_operand_format fpof1;
244 fp_operand_format fpof2;
245
246 /* Whether or not we saw a truncation request on an fcnv insn. */
247 int trunc;
248
249 /* Holds the field selector for this instruction
250 (for example L%, LR%, etc). */
251 long field_selector;
252
253 /* Holds any argument relocation bits associated with this
254 instruction. (instruction should be some sort of call). */
255 unsigned int arg_reloc;
256
257 /* The format specification for this instruction. */
258 int format;
259
260 /* The relocation (if any) associated with this instruction. */
261 reloc_type reloc;
262 };
263
264 /* PA-89 floating point registers are arranged like this:
265
266 +--------------+--------------+
267 | 0 or 16L | 16 or 16R |
268 +--------------+--------------+
269 | 1 or 17L | 17 or 17R |
270 +--------------+--------------+
271 | | |
272
273 . . .
274 . . .
275 . . .
276
277 | | |
278 +--------------+--------------+
279 | 14 or 30L | 30 or 30R |
280 +--------------+--------------+
281 | 15 or 31L | 31 or 31R |
282 +--------------+--------------+ */
283
284 /* Additional information needed to build argument relocation stubs. */
285 struct call_desc
286 {
287 /* The argument relocation specification. */
288 unsigned int arg_reloc;
289
290 /* Number of arguments. */
291 unsigned int arg_count;
292 };
293
294 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
295 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
296 chain. */
297
298 struct subspace_dictionary_chain
299 {
300 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code. */
301 unsigned int ssd_defined;
302
303 /* Name of this subspace. */
304 char *ssd_name;
305
306 /* GAS segment and subsegment associated with this subspace. */
307 asection *ssd_seg;
308 int ssd_subseg;
309
310 /* Next space in the subspace dictionary chain. */
311 struct subspace_dictionary_chain *ssd_next;
312 };
313
314 typedef struct subspace_dictionary_chain ssd_chain_struct;
315
316 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
317 chain. */
318
319 struct space_dictionary_chain
320 {
321 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or
322 as a default space. */
323 unsigned int sd_defined;
324
325 /* Nonzero if this spaces has been defined by the user code. */
326 unsigned int sd_user_defined;
327
328 /* The space number (or index). */
329 unsigned int sd_spnum;
330
331 /* The name of this subspace. */
332 char *sd_name;
333
334 /* GAS segment to which this subspace corresponds. */
335 asection *sd_seg;
336
337 /* Current subsegment number being used. */
338 int sd_last_subseg;
339
340 /* The chain of subspaces contained within this space. */
341 ssd_chain_struct *sd_subspaces;
342
343 /* The next entry in the space dictionary chain. */
344 struct space_dictionary_chain *sd_next;
345 };
346
347 typedef struct space_dictionary_chain sd_chain_struct;
348
349 /* This structure defines attributes of the default subspace
350 dictionary entries. */
351
352 struct default_subspace_dict
353 {
354 /* Name of the subspace. */
355 char *name;
356
357 /* FIXME. Is this still needed? */
358 char defined;
359
360 /* Nonzero if this subspace is loadable. */
361 char loadable;
362
363 /* Nonzero if this subspace contains only code. */
364 char code_only;
365
366 /* Nonzero if this is a comdat subspace. */
367 char comdat;
368
369 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace. */
370 char common;
371
372 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace which allows symbols
373 to be multiply defined. */
374 char dup_common;
375
376 /* Nonzero if this subspace should be zero filled. */
377 char zero;
378
379 /* Sort key for this subspace. */
380 unsigned char sort;
381
382 /* Access control bits for this subspace. Can represent RWX access
383 as well as privilege level changes for gateways. */
384 int access;
385
386 /* Index of containing space. */
387 int space_index;
388
389 /* Alignment (in bytes) of this subspace. */
390 int alignment;
391
392 /* Quadrant within space where this subspace should be loaded. */
393 int quadrant;
394
395 /* An index into the default spaces array. */
396 int def_space_index;
397
398 /* Subsegment associated with this subspace. */
399 subsegT subsegment;
400 };
401
402 /* This structure defines attributes of the default space
403 dictionary entries. */
404
405 struct default_space_dict
406 {
407 /* Name of the space. */
408 char *name;
409
410 /* Space number. It is possible to identify spaces within
411 assembly code numerically! */
412 int spnum;
413
414 /* Nonzero if this space is loadable. */
415 char loadable;
416
417 /* Nonzero if this space is "defined". FIXME is still needed */
418 char defined;
419
420 /* Nonzero if this space can not be shared. */
421 char private;
422
423 /* Sort key for this space. */
424 unsigned char sort;
425
426 /* Segment associated with this space. */
427 asection *segment;
428 };
429 #endif
430
431 /* Structure for previous label tracking. Needed so that alignments,
432 callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular
433 label. */
434 typedef struct label_symbol_struct
435 {
436 struct symbol *lss_label;
437 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
438 sd_chain_struct *lss_space;
439 #endif
440 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
441 segT lss_segment;
442 #endif
443 struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next;
444 }
445 label_symbol_struct;
446
447 /* Extra information needed to perform fixups (relocations) on the PA. */
448 struct hppa_fix_struct
449 {
450 /* The field selector. */
451 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt fx_r_field;
452
453 /* Type of fixup. */
454 int fx_r_type;
455
456 /* Format of fixup. */
457 int fx_r_format;
458
459 /* Argument relocation bits. */
460 unsigned int fx_arg_reloc;
461
462 /* The segment this fixup appears in. */
463 segT segment;
464 };
465
466 /* Structure to hold information about predefined registers. */
467
468 struct pd_reg
469 {
470 char *name;
471 int value;
472 };
473
474 /* This structure defines the mapping from a FP condition string
475 to a condition number which can be recorded in an instruction. */
476 struct fp_cond_map
477 {
478 char *string;
479 int cond;
480 };
481
482 /* This structure defines a mapping from a field selector
483 string to a field selector type. */
484 struct selector_entry
485 {
486 char *prefix;
487 int field_selector;
488 };
489
490 /* Prototypes for functions local to tc-hppa.c. */
491
492 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
493 static void pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void);
494 #endif
495
496 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
497 static void pa_text (int);
498 static void pa_data (int);
499 static void pa_comm (int);
500 #endif
501 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
502 static int exact_log2 (int);
503 static void pa_compiler (int);
504 static void pa_align (int);
505 static void pa_space (int);
506 static void pa_spnum (int);
507 static void pa_subspace (int);
508 static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space (char *, int, int,
509 int, int, int,
510 asection *, int);
511 static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *,
512 char *, int, int,
513 int, int, int, int,
514 int, int, int, int,
515 int, asection *);
516 static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *,
517 char *, int, int, int,
518 int, int, int, int,
519 int, int, int, int,
520 asection *);
521 static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space (char *);
522 static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace (char *);
523 static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space (asection *);
524 static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *,
525 subsegT);
526 static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number (int);
527 static unsigned int pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *, int);
528 static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt (char *, int);
529 #endif
530
531 /* File and globally scoped variable declarations. */
532
533 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
534 /* Root and final entry in the space chain. */
535 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_root;
536 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_last;
537
538 /* The current space and subspace. */
539 static sd_chain_struct *current_space;
540 static ssd_chain_struct *current_subspace;
541 #endif
542
543 /* Root of the call_info chain. */
544 static struct call_info *call_info_root;
545
546 /* The last call_info (for functions) structure
547 seen so it can be associated with fixups and
548 function labels. */
549 static struct call_info *last_call_info;
550
551 /* The last call description (for actual calls). */
552 static struct call_desc last_call_desc;
553
554 /* handle of the OPCODE hash table */
555 static struct hash_control *op_hash = NULL;
556
557 /* These characters can be suffixes of opcode names and they may be
558 followed by meaningful whitespace. We don't include `,' and `!'
559 as they never appear followed by meaningful whitespace. */
560 const char hppa_symbol_chars[] = "*?=<>";
561
562 /* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of
563 a line. If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename'
564 .line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output.
565
566 Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the
567 first line of the input file. This is because the compiler outputs
568 #NO_APP at the beginning of its output.
569
570 Also note that C style comments will always work. */
571 const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
572
573 /* This array holds the chars that always start a comment. If the
574 pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful. */
575 const char comment_chars[] = ";";
576
577 /* This array holds the characters which act as line separators. */
578 const char line_separator_chars[] = "!";
579
580 /* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums. */
581 const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
582
583 /* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant.
584 As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12.
585
586 Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be
587 changed in read.c. Ideally it shouldn't have to know about it
588 at all, but nothing is ideal around here. */
589 const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
590
591 static struct pa_it the_insn;
592
593 /* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expression
594 and friends. FIXME. This shouldn't be handled with a file-global
595 variable. */
596 static char *expr_end;
597
598 /* Nonzero if a .callinfo appeared within the current procedure. */
599 static int callinfo_found;
600
601 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a .entry/.exit pair. */
602 static int within_entry_exit;
603
604 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a procedure definition. */
605 static int within_procedure;
606
607 /* Handle on structure which keep track of the last symbol
608 seen in each subspace. */
609 static label_symbol_struct *label_symbols_rootp = NULL;
610
611 /* Holds the last field selector. */
612 static int hppa_field_selector;
613
614 /* Nonzero when strict matching is enabled. Zero otherwise.
615
616 Each opcode in the table has a flag which indicates whether or
617 not strict matching should be enabled for that instruction.
618
619 Mainly, strict causes errors to be ignored when a match failure
620 occurs. However, it also affects the parsing of register fields
621 by pa_parse_number. */
622 static int strict;
623
624 /* pa_parse_number returns values in `pa_number'. Mostly
625 pa_parse_number is used to return a register number, with floating
626 point registers being numbered from FP_REG_BASE upwards.
627 The bit specified with FP_REG_RSEL is set if the floating point
628 register has a `r' suffix. */
629 #define FP_REG_BASE 64
630 #define FP_REG_RSEL 128
631 static int pa_number;
632
633 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
634 /* A dummy bfd symbol so that all relocations have symbols of some kind. */
635 static symbolS *dummy_symbol;
636 #endif
637
638 /* Nonzero if errors are to be printed. */
639 static int print_errors = 1;
640
641 /* List of registers that are pre-defined:
642
643 Each general register has one predefined name of the form
644 %r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>.
645
646 Space and control registers are handled in a similar manner,
647 but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names.
648
649 Likewise for the floating point registers, but of the form
650 %fr<REGNUM>. Floating point registers have additional predefined
651 names with 'L' and 'R' suffixes (e.g. %fr19L, %fr19R) which
652 again have the value <REGNUM>.
653
654 Many registers also have synonyms:
655
656 %r26 - %r23 have %arg0 - %arg3 as synonyms
657 %r28 - %r29 have %ret0 - %ret1 as synonyms
658 %fr4 - %fr7 have %farg0 - %farg3 as synonyms
659 %r30 has %sp as a synonym
660 %r27 has %dp as a synonym
661 %r2 has %rp as a synonym
662
663 Almost every control register has a synonym; they are not listed
664 here for brevity.
665
666 The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search. */
667
668 static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] =
669 {
670 {"%arg0", 26},
671 {"%arg1", 25},
672 {"%arg2", 24},
673 {"%arg3", 23},
674 {"%cr0", 0},
675 {"%cr10", 10},
676 {"%cr11", 11},
677 {"%cr12", 12},
678 {"%cr13", 13},
679 {"%cr14", 14},
680 {"%cr15", 15},
681 {"%cr16", 16},
682 {"%cr17", 17},
683 {"%cr18", 18},
684 {"%cr19", 19},
685 {"%cr20", 20},
686 {"%cr21", 21},
687 {"%cr22", 22},
688 {"%cr23", 23},
689 {"%cr24", 24},
690 {"%cr25", 25},
691 {"%cr26", 26},
692 {"%cr27", 27},
693 {"%cr28", 28},
694 {"%cr29", 29},
695 {"%cr30", 30},
696 {"%cr31", 31},
697 {"%cr8", 8},
698 {"%cr9", 9},
699 {"%dp", 27},
700 {"%eiem", 15},
701 {"%eirr", 23},
702 {"%farg0", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
703 {"%farg1", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
704 {"%farg2", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
705 {"%farg3", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
706 {"%fr0", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
707 {"%fr0l", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
708 {"%fr0r", 0 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
709 {"%fr1", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
710 {"%fr10", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
711 {"%fr10l", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
712 {"%fr10r", 10 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
713 {"%fr11", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
714 {"%fr11l", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
715 {"%fr11r", 11 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
716 {"%fr12", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
717 {"%fr12l", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
718 {"%fr12r", 12 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
719 {"%fr13", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
720 {"%fr13l", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
721 {"%fr13r", 13 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
722 {"%fr14", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
723 {"%fr14l", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
724 {"%fr14r", 14 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
725 {"%fr15", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
726 {"%fr15l", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
727 {"%fr15r", 15 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
728 {"%fr16", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
729 {"%fr16l", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
730 {"%fr16r", 16 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
731 {"%fr17", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
732 {"%fr17l", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
733 {"%fr17r", 17 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
734 {"%fr18", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
735 {"%fr18l", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
736 {"%fr18r", 18 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
737 {"%fr19", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
738 {"%fr19l", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
739 {"%fr19r", 19 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
740 {"%fr1l", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
741 {"%fr1r", 1 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
742 {"%fr2", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
743 {"%fr20", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
744 {"%fr20l", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
745 {"%fr20r", 20 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
746 {"%fr21", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
747 {"%fr21l", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
748 {"%fr21r", 21 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
749 {"%fr22", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
750 {"%fr22l", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
751 {"%fr22r", 22 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
752 {"%fr23", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
753 {"%fr23l", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
754 {"%fr23r", 23 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
755 {"%fr24", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
756 {"%fr24l", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
757 {"%fr24r", 24 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
758 {"%fr25", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
759 {"%fr25l", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
760 {"%fr25r", 25 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
761 {"%fr26", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
762 {"%fr26l", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
763 {"%fr26r", 26 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
764 {"%fr27", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
765 {"%fr27l", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
766 {"%fr27r", 27 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
767 {"%fr28", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
768 {"%fr28l", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
769 {"%fr28r", 28 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
770 {"%fr29", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
771 {"%fr29l", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
772 {"%fr29r", 29 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
773 {"%fr2l", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
774 {"%fr2r", 2 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
775 {"%fr3", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
776 {"%fr30", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
777 {"%fr30l", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
778 {"%fr30r", 30 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
779 {"%fr31", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
780 {"%fr31l", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
781 {"%fr31r", 31 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
782 {"%fr3l", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
783 {"%fr3r", 3 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
784 {"%fr4", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
785 {"%fr4l", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
786 {"%fr4r", 4 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
787 {"%fr5", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
788 {"%fr5l", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
789 {"%fr5r", 5 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
790 {"%fr6", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
791 {"%fr6l", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
792 {"%fr6r", 6 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
793 {"%fr7", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
794 {"%fr7l", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
795 {"%fr7r", 7 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
796 {"%fr8", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
797 {"%fr8l", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
798 {"%fr8r", 8 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
799 {"%fr9", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
800 {"%fr9l", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
801 {"%fr9r", 9 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
802 {"%fret", 4},
803 {"%hta", 25},
804 {"%iir", 19},
805 {"%ior", 21},
806 {"%ipsw", 22},
807 {"%isr", 20},
808 {"%itmr", 16},
809 {"%iva", 14},
810 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
811 {"%mrp", 2},
812 #else
813 {"%mrp", 31},
814 #endif
815 {"%pcoq", 18},
816 {"%pcsq", 17},
817 {"%pidr1", 8},
818 {"%pidr2", 9},
819 {"%pidr3", 12},
820 {"%pidr4", 13},
821 {"%ppda", 24},
822 {"%r0", 0},
823 {"%r1", 1},
824 {"%r10", 10},
825 {"%r11", 11},
826 {"%r12", 12},
827 {"%r13", 13},
828 {"%r14", 14},
829 {"%r15", 15},
830 {"%r16", 16},
831 {"%r17", 17},
832 {"%r18", 18},
833 {"%r19", 19},
834 {"%r2", 2},
835 {"%r20", 20},
836 {"%r21", 21},
837 {"%r22", 22},
838 {"%r23", 23},
839 {"%r24", 24},
840 {"%r25", 25},
841 {"%r26", 26},
842 {"%r27", 27},
843 {"%r28", 28},
844 {"%r29", 29},
845 {"%r3", 3},
846 {"%r30", 30},
847 {"%r31", 31},
848 {"%r4", 4},
849 {"%r5", 5},
850 {"%r6", 6},
851 {"%r7", 7},
852 {"%r8", 8},
853 {"%r9", 9},
854 {"%rctr", 0},
855 {"%ret0", 28},
856 {"%ret1", 29},
857 {"%rp", 2},
858 {"%sar", 11},
859 {"%sp", 30},
860 {"%sr0", 0},
861 {"%sr1", 1},
862 {"%sr2", 2},
863 {"%sr3", 3},
864 {"%sr4", 4},
865 {"%sr5", 5},
866 {"%sr6", 6},
867 {"%sr7", 7},
868 {"%t1", 22},
869 {"%t2", 21},
870 {"%t3", 20},
871 {"%t4", 19},
872 {"%tf1", 11},
873 {"%tf2", 10},
874 {"%tf3", 9},
875 {"%tf4", 8},
876 {"%tr0", 24},
877 {"%tr1", 25},
878 {"%tr2", 26},
879 {"%tr3", 27},
880 {"%tr4", 28},
881 {"%tr5", 29},
882 {"%tr6", 30},
883 {"%tr7", 31}
884 };
885
886 /* This table is sorted by order of the length of the string. This is
887 so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked
888 for < first, we would get a false match. */
889 static const struct fp_cond_map fp_cond_map[] =
890 {
891 {"false?", 0},
892 {"false", 1},
893 {"true?", 30},
894 {"true", 31},
895 {"!<=>", 3},
896 {"!?>=", 8},
897 {"!?<=", 16},
898 {"!<>", 7},
899 {"!>=", 11},
900 {"!?>", 12},
901 {"?<=", 14},
902 {"!<=", 19},
903 {"!?<", 20},
904 {"?>=", 22},
905 {"!?=", 24},
906 {"!=t", 27},
907 {"<=>", 29},
908 {"=t", 5},
909 {"?=", 6},
910 {"?<", 10},
911 {"<=", 13},
912 {"!>", 15},
913 {"?>", 18},
914 {">=", 21},
915 {"!<", 23},
916 {"<>", 25},
917 {"!=", 26},
918 {"!?", 28},
919 {"?", 2},
920 {"=", 4},
921 {"<", 9},
922 {">", 17}
923 };
924
925 static const struct selector_entry selector_table[] =
926 {
927 {"f", e_fsel},
928 {"l", e_lsel},
929 {"ld", e_ldsel},
930 {"lp", e_lpsel},
931 {"lr", e_lrsel},
932 {"ls", e_lssel},
933 {"lt", e_ltsel},
934 {"ltp", e_ltpsel},
935 {"n", e_nsel},
936 {"nl", e_nlsel},
937 {"nlr", e_nlrsel},
938 {"p", e_psel},
939 {"r", e_rsel},
940 {"rd", e_rdsel},
941 {"rp", e_rpsel},
942 {"rr", e_rrsel},
943 {"rs", e_rssel},
944 {"rt", e_rtsel},
945 {"rtp", e_rtpsel},
946 {"t", e_tsel},
947 };
948
949 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
950 /* default space and subspace dictionaries */
951
952 #define GDB_SYMBOLS GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME
953 #define GDB_STRINGS GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME
954
955 /* pre-defined subsegments (subspaces) for the HPPA. */
956 #define SUBSEG_CODE 0
957 #define SUBSEG_LIT 1
958 #define SUBSEG_MILLI 2
959 #define SUBSEG_DATA 0
960 #define SUBSEG_BSS 2
961 #define SUBSEG_UNWIND 3
962 #define SUBSEG_GDB_STRINGS 0
963 #define SUBSEG_GDB_SYMBOLS 1
964
965 static struct default_subspace_dict pa_def_subspaces[] =
966 {
967 {"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_CODE},
968 {"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_DATA},
969 {"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_LIT},
970 {"$MILLICODE$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_MILLI},
971 {"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_BSS},
972 {NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0}
973 };
974
975 static struct default_space_dict pa_def_spaces[] =
976 {
977 {"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL},
978 {"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL},
979 {NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL}
980 };
981
982 /* Misc local definitions used by the assembler. */
983
984 /* These macros are used to maintain spaces/subspaces. */
985 #define SPACE_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_defined
986 #define SPACE_USER_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_user_defined
987 #define SPACE_SPNUM(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_spnum
988 #define SPACE_NAME(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_name
989
990 #define SUBSPACE_DEFINED(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_defined
991 #define SUBSPACE_NAME(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_name
992 #endif
993
994 /* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents
995 a right or left half of a FP register */
996 #define IS_R_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r')
997 #define IS_L_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l')
998
999 /* Store immediate values of shift/deposit/extract functions. */
1000
1001 #define SAVE_IMMEDIATE(VALUE) \
1002 { \
1003 if (immediate_check) \
1004 { \
1005 if (pos == -1) \
1006 pos = (VALUE); \
1007 else if (len == -1) \
1008 len = (VALUE); \
1009 } \
1010 }
1011
1012 /* Insert FIELD into OPCODE starting at bit START. Continue pa_ip
1013 main loop after insertion. */
1014
1015 #define INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE(OPCODE, FIELD, START) \
1016 { \
1017 ((OPCODE) |= (FIELD) << (START)); \
1018 continue; \
1019 }
1020
1021 /* Simple range checking for FIELD against HIGH and LOW bounds.
1022 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1023
1024 #define CHECK_FIELD(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, IGNORE) \
1025 { \
1026 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1027 { \
1028 if (! IGNORE) \
1029 as_bad (_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1030 (int) (FIELD));\
1031 break; \
1032 } \
1033 }
1034
1035 /* Variant of CHECK_FIELD for use in md_apply_fix and other places where
1036 the current file and line number are not valid. */
1037
1038 #define CHECK_FIELD_WHERE(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, FILENAME, LINE) \
1039 { \
1040 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1041 { \
1042 as_bad_where ((FILENAME), (LINE), \
1043 _("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1044 (int) (FIELD));\
1045 break; \
1046 } \
1047 }
1048
1049 /* Simple alignment checking for FIELD against ALIGN (a power of two).
1050 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1051
1052 #define CHECK_ALIGN(FIELD, ALIGN, IGNORE) \
1053 { \
1054 if ((FIELD) & ((ALIGN) - 1)) \
1055 { \
1056 if (! IGNORE) \
1057 as_bad (_("Field not properly aligned [%d] (%d)."), (ALIGN), \
1058 (int) (FIELD));\
1059 break; \
1060 } \
1061 }
1062
1063 #define is_DP_relative(exp) \
1064 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1065 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$global$") == 0)
1066
1067 #define is_SB_relative(exp) \
1068 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1069 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$segrel$") == 0)
1070
1071 #define is_PC_relative(exp) \
1072 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1073 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0)
1074
1075 #define is_tls_gdidx(exp) \
1076 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1077 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0)
1078
1079 #define is_tls_ldidx(exp) \
1080 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1081 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0)
1082
1083 #define is_tls_dtpoff(exp) \
1084 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1085 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0)
1086
1087 #define is_tls_ieoff(exp) \
1088 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1089 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0)
1090
1091 #define is_tls_leoff(exp) \
1092 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1093 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_leoff$") == 0)
1094
1095 /* We need some complex handling for stabs (sym1 - sym2). Luckily, we'll
1096 always be able to reduce the expression to a constant, so we don't
1097 need real complex handling yet. */
1098 #define is_complex(exp) \
1099 ((exp).X_op != O_constant && (exp).X_op != O_symbol)
1100
1101 /* Actual functions to implement the PA specific code for the assembler. */
1102
1103 /* Called before writing the object file. Make sure entry/exit and
1104 proc/procend pairs match. */
1105
1106 void
1107 pa_check_eof (void)
1108 {
1109 if (within_entry_exit)
1110 as_fatal (_("Missing .exit\n"));
1111
1112 if (within_procedure)
1113 as_fatal (_("Missing .procend\n"));
1114 }
1115
1116 /* Returns a pointer to the label_symbol_struct for the current space.
1117 or NULL if no label_symbol_struct exists for the current space. */
1118
1119 static label_symbol_struct *
1120 pa_get_label (void)
1121 {
1122 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1123
1124 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1125 label_chain;
1126 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1127 {
1128 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1129 if (current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label)
1130 return label_chain;
1131 #endif
1132 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1133 if (now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label)
1134 return label_chain;
1135 #endif
1136 }
1137
1138 return NULL;
1139 }
1140
1141 /* Defines a label for the current space. If one is already defined,
1142 this function will replace it with the new label. */
1143
1144 void
1145 pa_define_label (symbolS *symbol)
1146 {
1147 label_symbol_struct *label_chain = pa_get_label ();
1148
1149 if (label_chain)
1150 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1151 else
1152 {
1153 /* Create a new label entry and add it to the head of the chain. */
1154 label_chain = xmalloc (sizeof (label_symbol_struct));
1155 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1156 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1157 label_chain->lss_space = current_space;
1158 #endif
1159 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1160 label_chain->lss_segment = now_seg;
1161 #endif
1162 label_chain->lss_next = NULL;
1163
1164 if (label_symbols_rootp)
1165 label_chain->lss_next = label_symbols_rootp;
1166
1167 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain;
1168 }
1169
1170 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1171 dwarf2_emit_label (symbol);
1172 #endif
1173 }
1174
1175 /* Removes a label definition for the current space.
1176 If there is no label_symbol_struct entry, then no action is taken. */
1177
1178 static void
1179 pa_undefine_label (void)
1180 {
1181 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1182 label_symbol_struct *prev_label_chain = NULL;
1183
1184 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1185 label_chain;
1186 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1187 {
1188 if (1
1189 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1190 && current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label
1191 #endif
1192 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1193 && now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label
1194 #endif
1195 )
1196 {
1197 /* Remove the label from the chain and free its memory. */
1198 if (prev_label_chain)
1199 prev_label_chain->lss_next = label_chain->lss_next;
1200 else
1201 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain->lss_next;
1202
1203 free (label_chain);
1204 break;
1205 }
1206 prev_label_chain = label_chain;
1207 }
1208 }
1209
1210 /* An HPPA-specific version of fix_new. This is required because the HPPA
1211 code needs to keep track of some extra stuff. Each call to fix_new_hppa
1212 results in the creation of an instance of an hppa_fix_struct. An
1213 hppa_fix_struct stores the extra information along with a pointer to the
1214 original fixS. This is attached to the original fixup via the
1215 tc_fix_data field. */
1216
1217 static void
1218 fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag,
1219 int where,
1220 int size,
1221 symbolS *add_symbol,
1222 offsetT offset,
1223 expressionS *exp,
1224 int pcrel,
1225 bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type,
1226 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field,
1227 int r_format,
1228 unsigned int arg_reloc,
1229 int unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1230 {
1231 fixS *new_fix;
1232 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
1233
1234 if (exp != NULL)
1235 new_fix = fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type);
1236 else
1237 new_fix = fix_new (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, pcrel, r_type);
1238 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
1239 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = r_type;
1240 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = r_field;
1241 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = r_format;
1242 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = arg_reloc;
1243 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
1244 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1245 if (r_type == R_ENTRY || r_type == R_EXIT)
1246 new_fix->fx_offset = unwind_bits;
1247 #endif
1248
1249 /* foo-$global$ is used to access non-automatic storage. $global$
1250 is really just a marker and has served its purpose, so eliminate
1251 it now so as not to confuse write.c. Ditto for $PIC_pcrel$0. */
1252 if (new_fix->fx_subsy
1253 && (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$") == 0
1254 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$segrel$") == 0
1255 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0
1256 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0
1257 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0
1258 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0
1259 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0
1260 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_leoff$") == 0))
1261 new_fix->fx_subsy = NULL;
1262 }
1263
1264 /* This fix_new is called by cons via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW.
1265 hppa_field_selector is set by the parse_cons_expression_hppa. */
1266
1267 void
1268 cons_fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag, int where, int size, expressionS *exp)
1269 {
1270 unsigned int rel_type;
1271
1272 /* Get a base relocation type. */
1273 if (is_DP_relative (*exp))
1274 rel_type = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
1275 else if (is_PC_relative (*exp))
1276 rel_type = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
1277 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1278 else if (is_SB_relative (*exp))
1279 rel_type = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
1280 else if (is_tls_gdidx (*exp))
1281 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
1282 else if (is_tls_ldidx (*exp))
1283 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
1284 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (*exp))
1285 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
1286 else if (is_tls_ieoff (*exp))
1287 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
1288 else if (is_tls_leoff (*exp))
1289 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
1290 #endif
1291 else if (is_complex (*exp))
1292 rel_type = R_HPPA_COMPLEX;
1293 else
1294 rel_type = R_HPPA;
1295
1296 if (hppa_field_selector != e_psel && hppa_field_selector != e_fsel)
1297 {
1298 as_warn (_("Invalid field selector. Assuming F%%."));
1299 hppa_field_selector = e_fsel;
1300 }
1301
1302 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size,
1303 (symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) 0, exp, 0, rel_type,
1304 hppa_field_selector, size * 8, 0, 0);
1305
1306 /* Reset field selector to its default state. */
1307 hppa_field_selector = 0;
1308 }
1309
1310 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an expression (I think). FIXME. */
1311
1312 static void
1313 get_expression (char *str)
1314 {
1315 char *save_in;
1316 asection *seg;
1317
1318 save_in = input_line_pointer;
1319 input_line_pointer = str;
1320 seg = expression (&the_insn.exp);
1321 if (!(seg == absolute_section
1322 || seg == undefined_section
1323 || SEG_NORMAL (seg)))
1324 {
1325 as_warn (_("Bad segment in expression."));
1326 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
1327 input_line_pointer = save_in;
1328 return;
1329 }
1330 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
1331 input_line_pointer = save_in;
1332 }
1333
1334 /* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n). Return nonzero if the
1335 completer was found; return zero if no completer was found. */
1336
1337 static int
1338 pa_parse_nullif (char **s)
1339 {
1340 int nullif;
1341
1342 nullif = 0;
1343 if (**s == ',')
1344 {
1345 *s = *s + 1;
1346 if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0)
1347 nullif = 1;
1348 else
1349 {
1350 as_bad (_("Invalid Nullification: (%c)"), **s);
1351 nullif = 0;
1352 }
1353 *s = *s + 1;
1354 }
1355
1356 return nullif;
1357 }
1358
1359 char *
1360 md_atof (int type, char *litP, int *sizeP)
1361 {
1362 return ieee_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP, TRUE);
1363 }
1364
1365 /* Write out big-endian. */
1366
1367 void
1368 md_number_to_chars (char *buf, valueT val, int n)
1369 {
1370 number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
1371 }
1372
1373 /* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
1374 format. */
1375
1376 arelent **
1377 tc_gen_reloc (asection *section, fixS *fixp)
1378 {
1379 arelent *reloc;
1380 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
1381 static arelent *no_relocs = NULL;
1382 arelent **relocs;
1383 reloc_type **codes;
1384 reloc_type code;
1385 int n_relocs;
1386 int i;
1387
1388 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
1389 if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0)
1390 return &no_relocs;
1391
1392 gas_assert (hppa_fixp != 0);
1393 gas_assert (section != 0);
1394
1395 reloc = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
1396
1397 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1398 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1399
1400 /* Allow fixup_segment to recognize hand-written pc-relative relocations.
1401 When we went through cons_fix_new_hppa, we classified them as complex. */
1402 /* ??? It might be better to hide this +8 stuff in tc_cfi_emit_pcrel_expr,
1403 undefine DIFF_EXPR_OK, and let these sorts of complex expressions fail
1404 when R_HPPA_COMPLEX == R_PARISC_UNIMPLEMENTED. */
1405 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) R_HPPA_COMPLEX
1406 && fixp->fx_pcrel)
1407 {
1408 fixp->fx_r_type = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
1409 fixp->fx_offset += 8;
1410 }
1411
1412 codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput,
1413 fixp->fx_r_type,
1414 hppa_fixp->fx_r_format,
1415 hppa_fixp->fx_r_field,
1416 fixp->fx_subsy != NULL,
1417 symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy));
1418
1419 if (codes == NULL)
1420 {
1421 as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, _("Cannot handle fixup"));
1422 abort ();
1423 }
1424
1425 for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++)
1426 ;
1427
1428 relocs = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent *) * n_relocs + 1);
1429 reloc = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent) * n_relocs);
1430 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
1431 relocs[i] = &reloc[i];
1432
1433 relocs[n_relocs] = NULL;
1434
1435 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1436 switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
1437 {
1438 default:
1439 gas_assert (n_relocs == 1);
1440
1441 code = *codes[0];
1442
1443 /* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type. */
1444 switch (code)
1445 {
1446 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
1447 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
1448 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14F:
1449 case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
1450 case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
1451 case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
1452 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
1453 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
1454 (static link required). This adjustment is done in
1455 bfd/elf32-hppa.c:elf32_hppa_relocate_section.
1456
1457 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
1458 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
1459 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
1460 reloc->addend = 0;
1461 break;
1462
1463 #ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC
1464 case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
1465 case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
1466 case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
1467 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
1468 case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
1469 case R_PARISC_PCREL21L:
1470 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
1471 reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc,
1472 fixp->fx_offset);
1473 break;
1474 #endif
1475
1476 case R_PARISC_DIR32:
1477 /* Facilitate hand-crafted unwind info. */
1478 if (strcmp (section->name, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
1479 code = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
1480 /* Fall thru */
1481
1482 default:
1483 reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
1484 break;
1485 }
1486
1487 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1488 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1489 reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1490 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
1491 reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1492
1493 gas_assert (reloc->howto && (unsigned int) code == reloc->howto->type);
1494 break;
1495 }
1496 #else /* OBJ_SOM */
1497
1498 /* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend. */
1499 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
1500 {
1501 code = *codes[i];
1502
1503 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1504 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1505 relocs[i]->howto =
1506 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1507 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
1508 relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1509
1510 switch (code)
1511 {
1512 case R_COMP2:
1513 /* The only time we ever use a R_COMP2 fixup is for the difference
1514 of two symbols. With that in mind we fill in all four
1515 relocs now and break out of the loop. */
1516 gas_assert (i == 1);
1517 relocs[0]->sym_ptr_ptr
1518 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
1519 relocs[0]->howto
1520 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1521 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[0]);
1522 relocs[0]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1523 relocs[0]->addend = 0;
1524 relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1525 *relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1526 relocs[1]->howto
1527 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1528 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[1]);
1529 relocs[1]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1530 relocs[1]->addend = 0;
1531 relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1532 *relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_subsy);
1533 relocs[2]->howto
1534 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1535 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[2]);
1536 relocs[2]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1537 relocs[2]->addend = 0;
1538 relocs[3]->sym_ptr_ptr
1539 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
1540 relocs[3]->howto
1541 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1542 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[3]);
1543 relocs[3]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1544 relocs[3]->addend = 0;
1545 relocs[4]->sym_ptr_ptr
1546 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
1547 relocs[4]->howto
1548 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1549 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[4]);
1550 relocs[4]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1551 relocs[4]->addend = 0;
1552 goto done;
1553 case R_PCREL_CALL:
1554 case R_ABS_CALL:
1555 relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0);
1556 break;
1557
1558 case R_DLT_REL:
1559 case R_DATA_PLABEL:
1560 case R_CODE_PLABEL:
1561 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
1562 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
1563 (static link required).
1564
1565 FIXME: We always assume no static link!
1566
1567 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
1568 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
1569 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
1570 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
1571 break;
1572
1573 case R_N_MODE:
1574 case R_S_MODE:
1575 case R_D_MODE:
1576 case R_R_MODE:
1577 case R_FSEL:
1578 case R_LSEL:
1579 case R_RSEL:
1580 case R_BEGIN_BRTAB:
1581 case R_END_BRTAB:
1582 case R_BEGIN_TRY:
1583 case R_N0SEL:
1584 case R_N1SEL:
1585 /* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups. */
1586 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1587 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
1588 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
1589 break;
1590
1591 case R_END_TRY:
1592 case R_ENTRY:
1593 case R_EXIT:
1594 /* There is no symbol associated with these fixups. */
1595 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1596 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
1597 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
1598 break;
1599
1600 default:
1601 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
1602 }
1603 }
1604
1605 done:
1606 #endif
1607
1608 return relocs;
1609 }
1610
1611 /* Process any machine dependent frag types. */
1612
1613 void
1614 md_convert_frag (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1615 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1616 fragS *fragP)
1617 {
1618 unsigned int address;
1619
1620 if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent)
1621 {
1622 switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype)
1623 {
1624 case 0:
1625 fragP->fr_type = rs_fill;
1626 know (fragP->fr_var == 1);
1627 know (fragP->fr_next);
1628 address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
1629 if (address % fragP->fr_offset)
1630 {
1631 fragP->fr_offset =
1632 fragP->fr_next->fr_address
1633 - fragP->fr_address
1634 - fragP->fr_fix;
1635 }
1636 else
1637 fragP->fr_offset = 0;
1638 break;
1639 }
1640 }
1641 }
1642
1643 /* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */
1644
1645 valueT
1646 md_section_align (asection *segment, valueT size)
1647 {
1648 int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment);
1649 int align2 = (1 << align) - 1;
1650
1651 return (size + align2) & ~align2;
1652 }
1653
1654 /* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred. */
1655
1656 int
1657 md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragS *fragP, asection *segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1658 {
1659 int size;
1660
1661 size = 0;
1662
1663 while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset)
1664 size++;
1665
1666 return size;
1667 }
1668 \f
1669 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1670 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1671 const char *md_shortopts = "Vc";
1672 # else
1673 const char *md_shortopts = "V";
1674 # endif
1675 #else
1676 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1677 const char *md_shortopts = "c";
1678 # else
1679 const char *md_shortopts = "";
1680 # endif
1681 #endif
1682
1683 struct option md_longopts[] =
1684 {
1685 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1686 {"warn-comment", no_argument, NULL, 'c'},
1687 #endif
1688 {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0}
1689 };
1690 size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
1691
1692 int
1693 md_parse_option (int c, char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1694 {
1695 switch (c)
1696 {
1697 default:
1698 return 0;
1699
1700 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1701 case 'V':
1702 print_version_id ();
1703 break;
1704 #endif
1705 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1706 case 'c':
1707 warn_comment = 1;
1708 break;
1709 #endif
1710 }
1711
1712 return 1;
1713 }
1714
1715 void
1716 md_show_usage (FILE *stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1717 {
1718 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1719 fprintf (stream, _("\
1720 -Q ignored\n"));
1721 #endif
1722 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1723 fprintf (stream, _("\
1724 -c print a warning if a comment is found\n"));
1725 #endif
1726 }
1727 \f
1728 /* We have no need to default values of symbols. */
1729
1730 symbolS *
1731 md_undefined_symbol (char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1732 {
1733 return NULL;
1734 }
1735
1736 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
1737 #define nonzero_dibits(x) \
1738 ((x) | (((x) & 0x55555555) << 1) | (((x) & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1))
1739 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \
1740 (((CALLER) ^ (CALLEE)) & nonzero_dibits (CALLER) & nonzero_dibits (CALLEE))
1741 #else
1742 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) 0
1743 #endif
1744
1745 /* Apply a fixup to an instruction. */
1746
1747 void
1748 md_apply_fix (fixS *fixP, valueT *valP, segT seg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1749 {
1750 char *fixpos;
1751 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP;
1752 offsetT new_val;
1753 int insn, val, fmt;
1754
1755 /* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can
1756 never be "applied" (they are just markers). Likewise for
1757 R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB and R_HPPA_END_BRTAB. */
1758 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1759 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY
1760 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT
1761 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
1762 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
1763 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY)
1764 return;
1765
1766 /* Disgusting. We must set fx_offset ourselves -- R_HPPA_END_TRY
1767 fixups are considered not adjustable, which in turn causes
1768 adjust_reloc_syms to not set fx_offset. Ugh. */
1769 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_TRY)
1770 {
1771 fixP->fx_offset = * valP;
1772 return;
1773 }
1774 #endif
1775 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1776 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY
1777 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT)
1778 return;
1779 #endif
1780
1781 if (fixP->fx_addsy == NULL && fixP->fx_pcrel == 0)
1782 fixP->fx_done = 1;
1783
1784 /* There should be a HPPA specific fixup associated with the GAS fixup. */
1785 hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data;
1786 if (hppa_fixP == NULL)
1787 {
1788 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
1789 _("no hppa_fixup entry for fixup type 0x%x"),
1790 fixP->fx_r_type);
1791 return;
1792 }
1793
1794 fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
1795
1796 if (fixP->fx_size != 4 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_format == 32)
1797 {
1798 /* Handle constant output. */
1799 number_to_chars_bigendian (fixpos, *valP, fixP->fx_size);
1800 return;
1801 }
1802
1803 insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, fixpos);
1804 fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (stdoutput, insn);
1805
1806 /* If there is a symbol associated with this fixup, then it's something
1807 which will need a SOM relocation (except for some PC-relative relocs).
1808 In such cases we should treat the "val" or "addend" as zero since it
1809 will be added in as needed from fx_offset in tc_gen_reloc. */
1810 if ((fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
1811 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_NONE)
1812 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1813 && fmt != 32
1814 #endif
1815 )
1816 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
1817 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1818 /* These field selectors imply that we do not want an addend. */
1819 else if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_psel
1820 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
1821 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_lpsel
1822 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_tsel
1823 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
1824 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_ltsel)
1825 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
1826 #endif
1827 else
1828 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
1829
1830 /* Handle pc-relative exceptions from above. */
1831 if ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22)
1832 && fixP->fx_addsy
1833 && fixP->fx_pcrel
1834 && !arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixP->fx_addsy),
1835 hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc)
1836 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1837 && (* valP - 8 + 8192 < 16384
1838 || (fmt == 17 && * valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288)
1839 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
1840 #endif
1841 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1842 && (* valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288
1843 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
1844 #endif
1845 && !S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy)
1846 && !S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy)
1847 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == hppa_fixP->segment
1848 && !(fixP->fx_subsy
1849 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment))
1850 {
1851 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
1852 }
1853
1854 switch (fmt)
1855 {
1856 case 10:
1857 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
1858 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1859 val = new_val;
1860
1861 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1) | (((val & 0x1ff8) << 1)
1862 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
1863 break;
1864 case -11:
1865 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
1866 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1867 val = new_val;
1868
1869 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff9) | (((val & 0x1ffc) << 1)
1870 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
1871 break;
1872 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type. */
1873 case 14:
1874 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
1875 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1876 val = new_val;
1877
1878 insn = ((insn & ~ 0x3fff) | low_sign_unext (val, 14));
1879 break;
1880
1881 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type. */
1882 case 21:
1883 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1048575, -1048576,
1884 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1885 val = new_val;
1886
1887 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1fffff) | re_assemble_21 (val);
1888 break;
1889
1890 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type. */
1891 case 11:
1892 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1023, -1024,
1893 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1894 val = new_val;
1895
1896 insn = (insn & ~ 0x7ff) | low_sign_unext (val, 11);
1897 break;
1898
1899 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type. */
1900 case 12:
1901 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8191, -8192,
1902 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1903 val = new_val - 8;
1904
1905 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1ffd) | re_assemble_12 (val >> 2);
1906 break;
1907
1908 /* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type. */
1909 case 17:
1910 {
1911 offsetT distance = * valP;
1912
1913 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
1914 range target, then we want to complain. */
1915 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
1916 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
1917 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 262143, -262144,
1918 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1919
1920 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 262143, -262144,
1921 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1922 val = new_val - 8;
1923
1924 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1f1ffd) | re_assemble_17 (val >> 2);
1925 break;
1926 }
1927
1928 case 22:
1929 {
1930 offsetT distance = * valP;
1931
1932 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
1933 range target, then we want to complain. */
1934 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
1935 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
1936 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
1937 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1938
1939 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
1940 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1941 val = new_val - 8;
1942
1943 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1ffd) | re_assemble_22 (val >> 2);
1944 break;
1945 }
1946
1947 case -10:
1948 val = new_val;
1949 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff1) | re_assemble_16 (val & -8);
1950 break;
1951
1952 case -16:
1953 val = new_val;
1954 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff9) | re_assemble_16 (val & -4);
1955 break;
1956
1957 case 16:
1958 val = new_val;
1959 insn = (insn & ~ 0xffff) | re_assemble_16 (val);
1960 break;
1961
1962 case 32:
1963 insn = new_val;
1964 break;
1965
1966 default:
1967 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
1968 _("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix."));
1969 return;
1970 }
1971
1972 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1973 switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
1974 {
1975 case R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L:
1976 case R_PARISC_TLS_GD14R:
1977 case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L:
1978 case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM14R:
1979 case R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L:
1980 case R_PARISC_TLS_LE14R:
1981 case R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L:
1982 case R_PARISC_TLS_IE14R:
1983 if (fixP->fx_addsy)
1984 S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy);
1985 break;
1986 default:
1987 break;
1988 }
1989 #endif
1990
1991 /* Insert the relocation. */
1992 bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, fixpos);
1993 }
1994
1995 /* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO?
1996 On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset. */
1997
1998 long
1999 md_pcrel_from (fixS *fixP)
2000 {
2001 return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
2002 }
2003
2004 /* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of
2005 a statement. */
2006
2007 static int
2008 is_end_of_statement (void)
2009 {
2010 return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n')
2011 || (*input_line_pointer == ';')
2012 || (*input_line_pointer == '!'));
2013 }
2014
2015 #define REG_NAME_CNT (sizeof (pre_defined_registers) / sizeof (struct pd_reg))
2016
2017 /* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return
2018 the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure. */
2019
2020 static int
2021 reg_name_search (char *name)
2022 {
2023 int middle, low, high;
2024 int cmp;
2025
2026 low = 0;
2027 high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1;
2028
2029 do
2030 {
2031 middle = (low + high) / 2;
2032 cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name);
2033 if (cmp < 0)
2034 high = middle - 1;
2035 else if (cmp > 0)
2036 low = middle + 1;
2037 else
2038 return pre_defined_registers[middle].value;
2039 }
2040 while (low <= high);
2041
2042 return -1;
2043 }
2044
2045 /* Read a number from S. The number might come in one of many forms,
2046 the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be
2047 a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol.
2048
2049 Return 1 on success or 0 on failure. If STRICT, then a missing
2050 register prefix will cause a failure. The number itself is
2051 returned in `pa_number'.
2052
2053 IS_FLOAT indicates that a PA-89 FP register number should be
2054 parsed; A `l' or `r' suffix is checked for if but 2 of IS_FLOAT is
2055 not set.
2056
2057 pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail
2058 horribly if it is passed such a constant. */
2059
2060 static int
2061 pa_parse_number (char **s, int is_float)
2062 {
2063 int num;
2064 char *name;
2065 char c;
2066 symbolS *sym;
2067 int status;
2068 char *p = *s;
2069 bfd_boolean have_prefix;
2070
2071 /* Skip whitespace before the number. */
2072 while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
2073 p = p + 1;
2074
2075 pa_number = -1;
2076 have_prefix = 0;
2077 num = 0;
2078 if (!strict && ISDIGIT (*p))
2079 {
2080 /* Looks like a number. */
2081
2082 if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X'))
2083 {
2084 /* The number is specified in hex. */
2085 p += 2;
2086 while (ISDIGIT (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f'))
2087 || ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F')))
2088 {
2089 if (ISDIGIT (*p))
2090 num = num * 16 + *p - '0';
2091 else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f')
2092 num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10;
2093 else
2094 num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10;
2095 ++p;
2096 }
2097 }
2098 else
2099 {
2100 /* The number is specified in decimal. */
2101 while (ISDIGIT (*p))
2102 {
2103 num = num * 10 + *p - '0';
2104 ++p;
2105 }
2106 }
2107
2108 pa_number = num;
2109
2110 /* Check for a `l' or `r' suffix. */
2111 if (is_float)
2112 {
2113 pa_number += FP_REG_BASE;
2114 if (! (is_float & 2))
2115 {
2116 if (IS_R_SELECT (p))
2117 {
2118 pa_number += FP_REG_RSEL;
2119 ++p;
2120 }
2121 else if (IS_L_SELECT (p))
2122 {
2123 ++p;
2124 }
2125 }
2126 }
2127 }
2128 else if (*p == '%')
2129 {
2130 /* The number might be a predefined register. */
2131 have_prefix = 1;
2132 name = p;
2133 p++;
2134 c = *p;
2135 /* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general
2136 code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY
2137 slow. */
2138 if (c == 'r')
2139 {
2140 p++;
2141 if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't'
2142 && (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1'))
2143 {
2144 p += 2;
2145 num = *p - '0' + 28;
2146 p++;
2147 }
2148 else if (*p == 'p')
2149 {
2150 num = 2;
2151 p++;
2152 }
2153 else if (!ISDIGIT (*p))
2154 {
2155 if (print_errors)
2156 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
2157 num = -1;
2158 }
2159 else
2160 {
2161 do
2162 num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0';
2163 while (ISDIGIT (*p));
2164 }
2165 }
2166 else
2167 {
2168 /* Do a normal register search. */
2169 while (is_part_of_name (c))
2170 {
2171 p = p + 1;
2172 c = *p;
2173 }
2174 *p = 0;
2175 status = reg_name_search (name);
2176 if (status >= 0)
2177 num = status;
2178 else
2179 {
2180 if (print_errors)
2181 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
2182 num = -1;
2183 }
2184 *p = c;
2185 }
2186
2187 pa_number = num;
2188 }
2189 else
2190 {
2191 /* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which
2192 is effectively a constant, or a register alias symbol. */
2193 name = p;
2194 c = *p;
2195 while (is_part_of_name (c))
2196 {
2197 p = p + 1;
2198 c = *p;
2199 }
2200 *p = 0;
2201 if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL)
2202 {
2203 if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == reg_section)
2204 {
2205 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
2206 /* Well, we don't really have one, but we do have a
2207 register, so... */
2208 have_prefix = TRUE;
2209 }
2210 else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == &bfd_abs_section)
2211 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
2212 else if (!strict)
2213 {
2214 if (print_errors)
2215 as_bad (_("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'."), name);
2216 num = -1;
2217 }
2218 }
2219 else if (!strict)
2220 {
2221 /* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol
2222 or for an empty string. For an empty string we
2223 will return zero. That's a concession made for
2224 compatibility with the braindamaged HP assemblers. */
2225 if (*name == 0)
2226 num = 0;
2227 else
2228 {
2229 if (print_errors)
2230 as_bad (_("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'."), name);
2231 num = -1;
2232 }
2233 }
2234 *p = c;
2235
2236 pa_number = num;
2237 }
2238
2239 if (!strict || have_prefix)
2240 {
2241 *s = p;
2242 return 1;
2243 }
2244 return 0;
2245 }
2246
2247 /* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require
2248 a new PA-1.1 opcode. */
2249
2250 static int
2251 need_pa11_opcode (void)
2252 {
2253 if ((pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) != 0
2254 && !(the_insn.fpof1 == DBL && the_insn.fpof2 == DBL))
2255 {
2256 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
2257 then set a new architecture. */
2258 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < pa11)
2259 {
2260 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, pa11))
2261 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
2262 }
2263 return TRUE;
2264 }
2265 else
2266 return FALSE;
2267 }
2268
2269 /* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction. Return the numerical
2270 code associated with the condition. */
2271
2272 static int
2273 pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (char **s)
2274 {
2275 int cond, i;
2276
2277 cond = 0;
2278
2279 for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
2280 {
2281 if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string,
2282 strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0)
2283 {
2284 cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond;
2285 *s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
2286 /* If not a complete match, back up the input string and
2287 report an error. */
2288 if (**s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2289 {
2290 *s -= strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
2291 break;
2292 }
2293 while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t')
2294 *s = *s + 1;
2295 return cond;
2296 }
2297 }
2298
2299 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %s"), *s);
2300
2301 /* Advance over the bogus completer. */
2302 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2303 *s += 1;
2304
2305 return 0;
2306 }
2307
2308 /* Parse a graphics test complete for ftest. */
2309
2310 static int
2311 pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (char **s)
2312 {
2313 int value;
2314
2315 value = 0;
2316 if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc8", 4) == 0)
2317 {
2318 value = 5;
2319 *s += 4;
2320 }
2321 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc6", 4) == 0)
2322 {
2323 value = 9;
2324 *s += 4;
2325 }
2326 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc4", 4) == 0)
2327 {
2328 value = 13;
2329 *s += 4;
2330 }
2331 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc2", 4) == 0)
2332 {
2333 value = 17;
2334 *s += 4;
2335 }
2336 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc", 3) == 0)
2337 {
2338 value = 1;
2339 *s += 3;
2340 }
2341 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej8", 4) == 0)
2342 {
2343 value = 6;
2344 *s += 4;
2345 }
2346 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej", 3) == 0)
2347 {
2348 value = 2;
2349 *s += 3;
2350 }
2351 else
2352 {
2353 value = 0;
2354 as_bad (_("Invalid FTEST completer: %s"), *s);
2355 }
2356
2357 return value;
2358 }
2359
2360 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
2361 type. */
2362
2363 static fp_operand_format
2364 pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (char **s)
2365 {
2366 int format;
2367
2368 format = SGL;
2369 if (**s == ',')
2370 {
2371 *s += 1;
2372 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
2373 {
2374 format = SGL;
2375 *s += 4;
2376 }
2377 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
2378 {
2379 format = DBL;
2380 *s += 4;
2381 }
2382 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
2383 {
2384 format = QUAD;
2385 *s += 5;
2386 }
2387 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "w", 1) == 0)
2388 {
2389 format = W;
2390 *s += 2;
2391 }
2392 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uw", 2) == 0)
2393 {
2394 format = UW;
2395 *s += 3;
2396 }
2397 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dw", 2) == 0)
2398 {
2399 format = DW;
2400 *s += 3;
2401 }
2402 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "udw", 3) == 0)
2403 {
2404 format = UDW;
2405 *s += 4;
2406 }
2407 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "qw", 2) == 0)
2408 {
2409 format = QW;
2410 *s += 3;
2411 }
2412 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uqw", 3) == 0)
2413 {
2414 format = UQW;
2415 *s += 4;
2416 }
2417 else
2418 {
2419 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
2420 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
2421 }
2422 }
2423
2424 return format;
2425 }
2426
2427 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
2428 type. */
2429
2430 static fp_operand_format
2431 pa_parse_fp_format (char **s)
2432 {
2433 int format;
2434
2435 format = SGL;
2436 if (**s == ',')
2437 {
2438 *s += 1;
2439 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
2440 {
2441 format = SGL;
2442 *s += 4;
2443 }
2444 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
2445 {
2446 format = DBL;
2447 *s += 4;
2448 }
2449 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
2450 {
2451 format = QUAD;
2452 *s += 5;
2453 }
2454 else
2455 {
2456 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
2457 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
2458 }
2459 }
2460
2461 return format;
2462 }
2463
2464 /* Convert from a selector string into a selector type. */
2465
2466 static int
2467 pa_chk_field_selector (char **str)
2468 {
2469 int middle, low, high;
2470 int cmp;
2471 char name[4];
2472
2473 /* Read past any whitespace. */
2474 /* FIXME: should we read past newlines and formfeeds??? */
2475 while (**str == ' ' || **str == '\t' || **str == '\n' || **str == '\f')
2476 *str = *str + 1;
2477
2478 if ((*str)[1] == '\'' || (*str)[1] == '%')
2479 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
2480 name[1] = 0;
2481 else if ((*str)[2] == '\'' || (*str)[2] == '%')
2482 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
2483 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
2484 name[2] = 0;
2485 else if ((*str)[3] == '\'' || (*str)[3] == '%')
2486 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
2487 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
2488 name[2] = TOLOWER ((*str)[2]),
2489 name[3] = 0;
2490 else
2491 return e_fsel;
2492
2493 low = 0;
2494 high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1;
2495
2496 do
2497 {
2498 middle = (low + high) / 2;
2499 cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix);
2500 if (cmp < 0)
2501 high = middle - 1;
2502 else if (cmp > 0)
2503 low = middle + 1;
2504 else
2505 {
2506 *str += strlen (name) + 1;
2507 #ifndef OBJ_SOM
2508 if (selector_table[middle].field_selector == e_nsel)
2509 return e_fsel;
2510 #endif
2511 return selector_table[middle].field_selector;
2512 }
2513 }
2514 while (low <= high);
2515
2516 return e_fsel;
2517 }
2518
2519 /* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA. Called by
2520 cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro. */
2521
2522 void
2523 parse_cons_expression_hppa (expressionS *exp)
2524 {
2525 hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer);
2526 expression (exp);
2527 }
2528
2529 /* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by
2530 the selector FIELD_SELECTOR. Return the value of the expression. */
2531 static int
2532 evaluate_absolute (struct pa_it *insn)
2533 {
2534 offsetT value;
2535 expressionS exp;
2536 int field_selector = insn->field_selector;
2537
2538 exp = insn->exp;
2539 value = exp.X_add_number;
2540
2541 return hppa_field_adjust (0, value, field_selector);
2542 }
2543
2544 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an absolute expression. FIXME. */
2545
2546 static int
2547 pa_get_absolute_expression (struct pa_it *insn, char **strp)
2548 {
2549 char *save_in;
2550
2551 insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp);
2552 save_in = input_line_pointer;
2553 input_line_pointer = *strp;
2554 expression (&insn->exp);
2555 /* This is not perfect, but is a huge improvement over doing nothing.
2556
2557 The PA assembly syntax is ambiguous in a variety of ways. Consider
2558 this string "4 %r5" Is that the number 4 followed by the register
2559 r5, or is that 4 MOD r5?
2560
2561 If we get a modulo expression when looking for an absolute, we try
2562 again cutting off the input string at the first whitespace character. */
2563 if (insn->exp.X_op == O_modulus)
2564 {
2565 char *s, c;
2566
2567 input_line_pointer = *strp;
2568 s = *strp;
2569 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2570 s++;
2571
2572 c = *s;
2573 *s = 0;
2574
2575 pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp);
2576
2577 input_line_pointer = save_in;
2578 *s = c;
2579 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
2580 }
2581 /* When in strict mode we have a non-match, fix up the pointers
2582 and return to our caller. */
2583 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant && strict)
2584 {
2585 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
2586 input_line_pointer = save_in;
2587 return 0;
2588 }
2589 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant)
2590 {
2591 as_bad (_("Bad segment (should be absolute)."));
2592 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
2593 input_line_pointer = save_in;
2594 return 0;
2595 }
2596 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
2597 input_line_pointer = save_in;
2598 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
2599 }
2600
2601 /* Given an argument location specification return the associated
2602 argument location number. */
2603
2604 static unsigned int
2605 pa_build_arg_reloc (char *type_name)
2606 {
2607
2608 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0)
2609 return 0;
2610 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0)
2611 return 1;
2612 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0)
2613 return 2;
2614 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0)
2615 return 3;
2616 else
2617 as_bad (_("Invalid argument location: %s\n"), type_name);
2618
2619 return 0;
2620 }
2621
2622 /* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for
2623 the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc. */
2624
2625 static unsigned int
2626 pa_align_arg_reloc (unsigned int reg, unsigned int arg_reloc)
2627 {
2628 unsigned int new_reloc;
2629
2630 new_reloc = arg_reloc;
2631 switch (reg)
2632 {
2633 case 0:
2634 new_reloc <<= 8;
2635 break;
2636 case 1:
2637 new_reloc <<= 6;
2638 break;
2639 case 2:
2640 new_reloc <<= 4;
2641 break;
2642 case 3:
2643 new_reloc <<= 2;
2644 break;
2645 default:
2646 as_bad (_("Invalid argument description: %d"), reg);
2647 }
2648
2649 return new_reloc;
2650 }
2651
2652 /* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the
2653 number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
2654
2655 static int
2656 pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s)
2657 {
2658 int cmpltr;
2659 char *name = *s + 1;
2660 char c;
2661 char *save_s = *s;
2662 int nullify = 0;
2663
2664 cmpltr = 0;
2665 if (**s == ',')
2666 {
2667 *s += 1;
2668 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2669 *s += 1;
2670 c = **s;
2671 **s = 0x00;
2672
2673 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2674 {
2675 cmpltr = 1;
2676 }
2677 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2678 {
2679 cmpltr = 2;
2680 }
2681 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2682 {
2683 cmpltr = 3;
2684 }
2685 else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0)
2686 {
2687 cmpltr = 4;
2688 }
2689 else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
2690 {
2691 cmpltr = 5;
2692 }
2693 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2694 {
2695 cmpltr = 6;
2696 }
2697 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2698 {
2699 cmpltr = 7;
2700 }
2701 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
2702 completer. */
2703 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
2704 {
2705 cmpltr = 0;
2706 nullify = 1;
2707 }
2708 else
2709 {
2710 cmpltr = -1;
2711 }
2712 **s = c;
2713 }
2714
2715 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
2716 if (nullify)
2717 *s = save_s;
2718
2719 return cmpltr;
2720 }
2721
2722 /* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the
2723 number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
2724
2725 static int
2726 pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s)
2727 {
2728 int cmpltr;
2729 char *name = *s + 1;
2730 char c;
2731 char *save_s = *s;
2732 int nullify = 0;
2733
2734 cmpltr = 0;
2735 if (**s == ',')
2736 {
2737 *s += 1;
2738 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2739 *s += 1;
2740 c = **s;
2741 **s = 0x00;
2742
2743 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2744 {
2745 cmpltr = 0;
2746 }
2747 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2748 {
2749 cmpltr = 1;
2750 }
2751 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2752 {
2753 cmpltr = 2;
2754 }
2755 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2756 {
2757 cmpltr = 3;
2758 }
2759 else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
2760 {
2761 cmpltr = 4;
2762 }
2763 else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0)
2764 {
2765 cmpltr = 5;
2766 }
2767 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2768 {
2769 cmpltr = 6;
2770 }
2771 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2772 {
2773 cmpltr = 7;
2774 }
2775 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
2776 completer. */
2777 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
2778 {
2779 cmpltr = 0;
2780 nullify = 1;
2781 }
2782 else
2783 {
2784 cmpltr = -1;
2785 }
2786 **s = c;
2787 }
2788
2789 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
2790 if (nullify)
2791 *s = save_s;
2792
2793 return cmpltr;
2794 }
2795
2796 /* Parse a 64 bit compare and branch completer returning the number (for
2797 encoding in instructions) of the given completer.
2798
2799 Nonnegated comparisons are returned as 0-7, negated comparisons are
2800 returned as 8-15. */
2801
2802 static int
2803 pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (char **s)
2804 {
2805 int cmpltr;
2806 char *name = *s + 1;
2807 char c;
2808
2809 cmpltr = -1;
2810 if (**s == ',')
2811 {
2812 *s += 1;
2813 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2814 *s += 1;
2815 c = **s;
2816 **s = 0x00;
2817
2818 if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0)
2819 {
2820 cmpltr = 0;
2821 }
2822 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
2823 {
2824 cmpltr = 1;
2825 }
2826 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
2827 {
2828 cmpltr = 2;
2829 }
2830 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
2831 {
2832 cmpltr = 3;
2833 }
2834 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
2835 {
2836 cmpltr = 4;
2837 }
2838 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<=") == 0)
2839 {
2840 cmpltr = 5;
2841 }
2842 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*sv") == 0)
2843 {
2844 cmpltr = 6;
2845 }
2846 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*od") == 0)
2847 {
2848 cmpltr = 7;
2849 }
2850 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*tr") == 0)
2851 {
2852 cmpltr = 8;
2853 }
2854 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
2855 {
2856 cmpltr = 9;
2857 }
2858 else if (strcmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
2859 {
2860 cmpltr = 10;
2861 }
2862 else if (strcmp (name, "*>") == 0)
2863 {
2864 cmpltr = 11;
2865 }
2866 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
2867 {
2868 cmpltr = 12;
2869 }
2870 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>") == 0)
2871 {
2872 cmpltr = 13;
2873 }
2874 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*nsv") == 0)
2875 {
2876 cmpltr = 14;
2877 }
2878 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*ev") == 0)
2879 {
2880 cmpltr = 15;
2881 }
2882 else
2883 {
2884 cmpltr = -1;
2885 }
2886 **s = c;
2887 }
2888
2889 return cmpltr;
2890 }
2891
2892 /* Parse a 64 bit compare immediate and branch completer returning the number
2893 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
2894
2895 static int
2896 pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (char **s)
2897 {
2898 int cmpltr;
2899 char *name = *s + 1;
2900 char c;
2901
2902 cmpltr = -1;
2903 if (**s == ',')
2904 {
2905 *s += 1;
2906 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2907 *s += 1;
2908 c = **s;
2909 **s = 0x00;
2910
2911 if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
2912 {
2913 cmpltr = 0;
2914 }
2915 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
2916 {
2917 cmpltr = 1;
2918 }
2919 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
2920 {
2921 cmpltr = 2;
2922 }
2923 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
2924 {
2925 cmpltr = 3;
2926 }
2927 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
2928 {
2929 cmpltr = 4;
2930 }
2931 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
2932 {
2933 cmpltr = 5;
2934 }
2935 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
2936 {
2937 cmpltr = 6;
2938 }
2939 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
2940 {
2941 cmpltr = 7;
2942 }
2943 else
2944 {
2945 cmpltr = -1;
2946 }
2947 **s = c;
2948 }
2949
2950 return cmpltr;
2951 }
2952
2953 /* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number
2954 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
2955
2956 static int
2957 pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (char **s)
2958 {
2959 int cmpltr;
2960 char *name = *s + 1;
2961 char c;
2962 char *save_s = *s;
2963 int nullify = 0;
2964
2965 cmpltr = 0;
2966 if (**s == ',')
2967 {
2968 *s += 1;
2969 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2970 *s += 1;
2971 c = **s;
2972 **s = 0x00;
2973 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2974 {
2975 cmpltr = 1;
2976 }
2977 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2978 {
2979 cmpltr = 2;
2980 }
2981 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2982 {
2983 cmpltr = 3;
2984 }
2985 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
2986 {
2987 cmpltr = 4;
2988 }
2989 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
2990 {
2991 cmpltr = 5;
2992 }
2993 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2994 {
2995 cmpltr = 6;
2996 }
2997 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2998 {
2999 cmpltr = 7;
3000 }
3001 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
3002 completer. */
3003 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
3004 {
3005 cmpltr = 0;
3006 nullify = 1;
3007 }
3008 else
3009 {
3010 cmpltr = -1;
3011 }
3012 **s = c;
3013 }
3014
3015 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
3016 if (nullify)
3017 *s = save_s;
3018
3019 return cmpltr;
3020 }
3021
3022 /* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number
3023 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
3024
3025 static int
3026 pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (char **s)
3027 {
3028 int cmpltr;
3029 char *name = *s + 1;
3030 char c;
3031 char *save_s = *s;
3032 int nullify = 0;
3033
3034 cmpltr = 0;
3035 if (**s == ',')
3036 {
3037 *s += 1;
3038 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
3039 *s += 1;
3040 c = **s;
3041 **s = 0x00;
3042 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
3043 {
3044 cmpltr = 0;
3045 }
3046 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
3047 {
3048 cmpltr = 1;
3049 }
3050 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
3051 {
3052 cmpltr = 2;
3053 }
3054 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
3055 {
3056 cmpltr = 3;
3057 }
3058 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
3059 {
3060 cmpltr = 4;
3061 }
3062 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
3063 {
3064 cmpltr = 5;
3065 }
3066 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
3067 {
3068 cmpltr = 6;
3069 }
3070 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
3071 {
3072 cmpltr = 7;
3073 }
3074 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
3075 completer. */
3076 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
3077 {
3078 cmpltr = 0;
3079 nullify = 1;
3080 }
3081 else
3082 {
3083 cmpltr = -1;
3084 }
3085 **s = c;
3086 }
3087
3088 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
3089 if (nullify)
3090 *s = save_s;
3091
3092 return cmpltr;
3093 }
3094
3095 /* Parse a 64 bit wide mode add and branch completer returning the number (for
3096 encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
3097
3098 static int
3099 pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (char **s)
3100 {
3101 int cmpltr;
3102 char *name = *s + 1;
3103 char c;
3104 char *save_s = *s;
3105 int nullify = 0;
3106
3107 cmpltr = 0;
3108 if (**s == ',')
3109 {
3110 *s += 1;
3111 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
3112 *s += 1;
3113 c = **s;
3114 **s = 0x00;
3115 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
3116 {
3117 cmpltr = 1;
3118 }
3119 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
3120 {
3121 cmpltr = 2;
3122 }
3123 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
3124 {
3125 cmpltr = 3;
3126 }
3127 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
3128 {
3129 cmpltr = 4;
3130 }
3131 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*=") == 0)
3132 {
3133 cmpltr = 5;
3134 }
3135 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<") == 0)
3136 {
3137 cmpltr = 6;
3138 }
3139 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
3140 {
3141 cmpltr = 7;
3142 }
3143 else if (strcmp (name, "tr") == 0)
3144 {
3145 cmpltr = 8;
3146 }
3147 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
3148 {
3149 cmpltr = 9;
3150 }
3151 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
3152 {
3153 cmpltr = 10;
3154 }
3155 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
3156 {
3157 cmpltr = 11;
3158 }
3159 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
3160 {
3161 cmpltr = 12;
3162 }
3163 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
3164 {
3165 cmpltr = 13;
3166 }
3167 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
3168 {
3169 cmpltr = 14;
3170 }
3171 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
3172 {
3173 cmpltr = 15;
3174 }
3175 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
3176 completer. */
3177 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
3178 {
3179 cmpltr = 0;
3180 nullify = 1;
3181 }
3182 else
3183 {
3184 cmpltr = -1;
3185 }
3186 **s = c;
3187 }
3188
3189 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
3190 if (nullify)
3191 *s = save_s;
3192
3193 return cmpltr;
3194 }
3195
3196 /* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction. Store results
3197 into the global "the_insn" variable. */
3198
3199 static void
3200 pa_ip (char *str)
3201 {
3202 char *error_message = "";
3203 char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s;
3204 const char *args;
3205 int match = FALSE;
3206 int comma = 0;
3207 int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, num;
3208 int immediate_check = 0, pos = -1, len = -1;
3209 unsigned long opcode;
3210 struct pa_opcode *insn;
3211
3212 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
3213 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
3214 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
3215 #endif
3216
3217 /* Convert everything up to the first whitespace character into lower
3218 case. */
3219 for (s = str; *s != ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\0'; s++)
3220 *s = TOLOWER (*s);
3221
3222 /* Skip to something interesting. */
3223 for (s = str;
3224 ISUPPER (*s) || ISLOWER (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3');
3225 ++s)
3226 ;
3227
3228 switch (*s)
3229 {
3230
3231 case '\0':
3232 break;
3233
3234 case ',':
3235 comma = 1;
3236
3237 /*FALLTHROUGH */
3238
3239 case ' ':
3240 *s++ = '\0';
3241 break;
3242
3243 default:
3244 as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
3245 return;
3246 }
3247
3248 /* Look up the opcode in the hash table. */
3249 if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL)
3250 {
3251 as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
3252 return;
3253 }
3254
3255 if (comma)
3256 *--s = ',';
3257
3258 /* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then
3259 start processing them. */
3260 argstart = s;
3261 for (;;)
3262 {
3263 /* Do some initialization. */
3264 opcode = insn->match;
3265 strict = (insn->flags & FLAG_STRICT);
3266 memset (&the_insn, 0, sizeof (the_insn));
3267
3268 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE;
3269
3270 if (insn->arch >= pa20
3271 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
3272 goto failed;
3273
3274 /* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make
3275 sure that the operands match. */
3276 for (args = insn->args;; ++args)
3277 {
3278 /* Absorb white space in instruction. */
3279 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
3280 s++;
3281
3282 switch (*args)
3283 {
3284 /* End of arguments. */
3285 case '\0':
3286 if (*s == '\0')
3287 match = TRUE;
3288 break;
3289
3290 case '+':
3291 if (*s == '+')
3292 {
3293 ++s;
3294 continue;
3295 }
3296 if (*s == '-')
3297 continue;
3298 break;
3299
3300 /* These must match exactly. */
3301 case '(':
3302 case ')':
3303 case ',':
3304 case ' ':
3305 if (*s++ == *args)
3306 continue;
3307 break;
3308
3309 /* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10. */
3310 case 'b':
3311 case '^':
3312 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3313 break;
3314 num = pa_number;
3315 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3316 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3317
3318 /* Handle %sar or %cr11. No bits get set, we just verify that it
3319 is there. */
3320 case '!':
3321 /* Skip whitespace before register. */
3322 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
3323 s = s + 1;
3324
3325 if (!strncasecmp (s, "%sar", 4))
3326 {
3327 s += 4;
3328 continue;
3329 }
3330 else if (!strncasecmp (s, "%cr11", 5))
3331 {
3332 s += 5;
3333 continue;
3334 }
3335 break;
3336
3337 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15. */
3338 case 'x':
3339 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3340 break;
3341 num = pa_number;
3342 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3343 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3344
3345 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31. */
3346 case 't':
3347 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3348 break;
3349 num = pa_number;
3350 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3351 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3352
3353 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10 and 15. */
3354 case 'a':
3355 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3356 break;
3357 num = pa_number;
3358 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3359 opcode |= num << 16;
3360 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3361
3362 /* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31. */
3363 case 'T':
3364 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3365 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3366 break;
3367 s = expr_end;
3368 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0);
3369 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
3370 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0);
3371
3372 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15. */
3373 case '5':
3374 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3375 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3376 break;
3377 s = expr_end;
3378 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
3379 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
3380 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
3381 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
3382 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3383
3384 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31. */
3385 case 'V':
3386 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3387 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3388 break;
3389 s = expr_end;
3390 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
3391 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
3392 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
3393 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
3394 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3395
3396 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31. */
3397 case 'r':
3398 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3399 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3400 break;
3401 s = expr_end;
3402 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3403 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3404
3405 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15. */
3406 case 'R':
3407 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3408 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3409 break;
3410 s = expr_end;
3411 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3412 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3413
3414 /* Handle an unsigned 10 bit immediate at 15. */
3415 case 'U':
3416 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3417 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3418 break;
3419 s = expr_end;
3420 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
3421 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3422
3423 /* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17. */
3424 case 's':
3425 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3426 break;
3427 num = pa_number;
3428 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1);
3429 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14);
3430
3431 /* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18. */
3432 case 'S':
3433 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3434 break;
3435 num = pa_number;
3436 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1);
3437 opcode |= re_assemble_3 (num);
3438 continue;
3439
3440 /* Handle all completers. */
3441 case 'c':
3442 switch (*++args)
3443 {
3444
3445 /* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store. */
3446 case 'X':
3447 case 'x':
3448 {
3449 int uu = 0;
3450 int m = 0;
3451 int i = 0;
3452 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
3453 {
3454 s++;
3455 if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0)
3456 {
3457 uu = 1;
3458 m = 1;
3459 s++;
3460 i++;
3461 }
3462 else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
3463 m = 1;
3464 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "s ", 2) == 0)
3465 || (strncasecmp (s, "s,", 2) == 0))
3466 uu = 1;
3467 else if (strict)
3468 {
3469 /* This is a match failure. */
3470 s--;
3471 break;
3472 }
3473 else
3474 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer."));
3475 s++;
3476 i++;
3477 }
3478 if (i > 2)
3479 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax."));
3480 opcode |= m << 5;
3481 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13);
3482 }
3483
3484 /* Handle a short load/store completer. */
3485 case 'M':
3486 case 'm':
3487 case 'q':
3488 case 'J':
3489 case 'e':
3490 {
3491 int a = 0;
3492 int m = 0;
3493 if (*s == ',')
3494 {
3495 s++;
3496 if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0)
3497 {
3498 a = 0;
3499 m = 1;
3500 s += 2;
3501 }
3502 else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0)
3503 {
3504 a = 1;
3505 m = 1;
3506 s += 2;
3507 }
3508 else if (strict)
3509 /* This is a match failure. */
3510 s--;
3511 else
3512 {
3513 as_bad (_("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer."));
3514 s += 2;
3515 }
3516 }
3517 /* If we did not get a ma/mb completer, then we do not
3518 consider this a positive match for 'ce'. */
3519 else if (*args == 'e')
3520 break;
3521
3522 /* 'J', 'm', 'M' and 'q' are the same, except for where they
3523 encode the before/after field. */
3524 if (*args == 'm' || *args == 'M')
3525 {
3526 opcode |= m << 5;
3527 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
3528 }
3529 else if (*args == 'q')
3530 {
3531 opcode |= m << 3;
3532 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
3533 }
3534 else if (*args == 'J')
3535 {
3536 /* M bit is explicit in the major opcode. */
3537 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
3538 }
3539 else if (*args == 'e')
3540 {
3541 /* Stash the ma/mb flag temporarily in the
3542 instruction. We will use (and remove it)
3543 later when handling 'J', 'K', '<' & '>'. */
3544 opcode |= a;
3545 continue;
3546 }
3547 }
3548
3549 /* Handle a stbys completer. */
3550 case 'A':
3551 case 's':
3552 {
3553 int a = 0;
3554 int m = 0;
3555 int i = 0;
3556 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
3557 {
3558 s++;
3559 if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
3560 m = 1;
3561 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "b ", 2) == 0)
3562 || (strncasecmp (s, "b,", 2) == 0))
3563 a = 0;
3564 else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0)
3565 a = 1;
3566 /* In strict mode, this is a match failure. */
3567 else if (strict)
3568 {
3569 s--;
3570 break;
3571 }
3572 else
3573 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
3574 s++;
3575 i++;
3576 }
3577 if (i > 2)
3578 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
3579 opcode |= m << 5;
3580 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
3581 }
3582
3583 /* Handle load cache hint completer. */
3584 case 'c':
3585 cmpltr = 0;
3586 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
3587 {
3588 s += 3;
3589 cmpltr = 2;
3590 }
3591 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
3592
3593 /* Handle store cache hint completer. */
3594 case 'C':
3595 cmpltr = 0;
3596 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
3597 {
3598 s += 3;
3599 cmpltr = 2;
3600 }
3601 else if (!strncmp (s, ",bc", 3))
3602 {
3603 s += 3;
3604 cmpltr = 1;
3605 }
3606 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
3607
3608 /* Handle load and clear cache hint completer. */
3609 case 'd':
3610 cmpltr = 0;
3611 if (!strncmp (s, ",co", 3))
3612 {
3613 s += 3;
3614 cmpltr = 1;
3615 }
3616 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
3617
3618 /* Handle load ordering completer. */
3619 case 'o':
3620 if (strncmp (s, ",o", 2) != 0)
3621 break;
3622 s += 2;
3623 continue;
3624
3625 /* Handle a branch gate completer. */
3626 case 'g':
3627 if (strncasecmp (s, ",gate", 5) != 0)
3628 break;
3629 s += 5;
3630 continue;
3631
3632 /* Handle a branch link and push completer. */
3633 case 'p':
3634 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l,push", 7) != 0)
3635 break;
3636 s += 7;
3637 continue;
3638
3639 /* Handle a branch link completer. */
3640 case 'l':
3641 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
3642 break;
3643 s += 2;
3644 continue;
3645
3646 /* Handle a branch pop completer. */
3647 case 'P':
3648 if (strncasecmp (s, ",pop", 4) != 0)
3649 break;
3650 s += 4;
3651 continue;
3652
3653 /* Handle a local processor completer. */
3654 case 'L':
3655 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
3656 break;
3657 s += 2;
3658 continue;
3659
3660 /* Handle a PROBE read/write completer. */
3661 case 'w':
3662 flag = 0;
3663 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2))
3664 {
3665 flag = 1;
3666 s += 2;
3667 }
3668 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
3669 {
3670 flag = 0;
3671 s += 2;
3672 }
3673
3674 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
3675
3676 /* Handle MFCTL wide completer. */
3677 case 'W':
3678 if (strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2) != 0)
3679 break;
3680 s += 2;
3681 continue;
3682
3683 /* Handle an RFI restore completer. */
3684 case 'r':
3685 flag = 0;
3686 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
3687 {
3688 flag = 5;
3689 s += 2;
3690 }
3691
3692 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
3693
3694 /* Handle a system control completer. */
3695 case 'Z':
3696 if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M'))
3697 {
3698 flag = 1;
3699 s += 2;
3700 }
3701 else
3702 flag = 0;
3703
3704 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
3705
3706 /* Handle intermediate/final completer for DCOR. */
3707 case 'i':
3708 flag = 0;
3709 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",i", 2))
3710 {
3711 flag = 1;
3712 s += 2;
3713 }
3714
3715 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
3716
3717 /* Handle zero/sign extension completer. */
3718 case 'z':
3719 flag = 1;
3720 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",z", 2))
3721 {
3722 flag = 0;
3723 s += 2;
3724 }
3725
3726 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
3727
3728 /* Handle add completer. */
3729 case 'a':
3730 flag = 1;
3731 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2))
3732 {
3733 flag = 2;
3734 s += 2;
3735 }
3736 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
3737 {
3738 flag = 3;
3739 s += 4;
3740 }
3741
3742 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
3743
3744 /* Handle 64 bit carry for ADD. */
3745 case 'Y':
3746 flag = 0;
3747 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc,tsv", 7) ||
3748 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,dc", 7))
3749 {
3750 flag = 1;
3751 s += 7;
3752 }
3753 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc", 3))
3754 {
3755 flag = 0;
3756 s += 3;
3757 }
3758 else
3759 break;
3760
3761 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3762
3763 /* Handle 32 bit carry for ADD. */
3764 case 'y':
3765 flag = 0;
3766 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c,tsv", 6) ||
3767 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,c", 6))
3768 {
3769 flag = 1;
3770 s += 6;
3771 }
3772 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c", 2))
3773 {
3774 flag = 0;
3775 s += 2;
3776 }
3777 else
3778 break;
3779
3780 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3781
3782 /* Handle trap on signed overflow. */
3783 case 'v':
3784 flag = 0;
3785 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
3786 {
3787 flag = 1;
3788 s += 4;
3789 }
3790
3791 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3792
3793 /* Handle trap on condition and overflow. */
3794 case 't':
3795 flag = 0;
3796 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc,tsv", 7) ||
3797 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,tc", 7))
3798 {
3799 flag = 1;
3800 s += 7;
3801 }
3802 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
3803 {
3804 flag = 0;
3805 s += 3;
3806 }
3807 else
3808 break;
3809
3810 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3811
3812 /* Handle 64 bit borrow for SUB. */
3813 case 'B':
3814 flag = 0;
3815 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db,tsv", 7) ||
3816 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,db", 7))
3817 {
3818 flag = 1;
3819 s += 7;
3820 }
3821 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db", 3))
3822 {
3823 flag = 0;
3824 s += 3;
3825 }
3826 else
3827 break;
3828
3829 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3830
3831 /* Handle 32 bit borrow for SUB. */
3832 case 'b':
3833 flag = 0;
3834 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b,tsv", 6) ||
3835 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,b", 6))
3836 {
3837 flag = 1;
3838 s += 6;
3839 }
3840 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b", 2))
3841 {
3842 flag = 0;
3843 s += 2;
3844 }
3845 else
3846 break;
3847
3848 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3849
3850 /* Handle trap condition completer for UADDCM. */
3851 case 'T':
3852 flag = 0;
3853 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
3854 {
3855 flag = 1;
3856 s += 3;
3857 }
3858
3859 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
3860
3861 /* Handle signed/unsigned at 21. */
3862 case 'S':
3863 {
3864 int sign = 1;
3865 if (strncasecmp (s, ",s", 2) == 0)
3866 {
3867 sign = 1;
3868 s += 2;
3869 }
3870 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",u", 2) == 0)
3871 {
3872 sign = 0;
3873 s += 2;
3874 }
3875
3876 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sign, 10);
3877 }
3878
3879 /* Handle left/right combination at 17:18. */
3880 case 'h':
3881 if (*s++ == ',')
3882 {
3883 int lr = 0;
3884 if (*s == 'r')
3885 lr = 2;
3886 else if (*s == 'l')
3887 lr = 0;
3888 else
3889 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
3890
3891 s++;
3892 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, lr, 13);
3893 }
3894 else
3895 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
3896 break;
3897
3898 /* Handle saturation at 24:25. */
3899 case 'H':
3900 {
3901 int sat = 3;
3902 if (strncasecmp (s, ",ss", 3) == 0)
3903 {
3904 sat = 1;
3905 s += 3;
3906 }
3907 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",us", 3) == 0)
3908 {
3909 sat = 0;
3910 s += 3;
3911 }
3912
3913 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sat, 6);
3914 }
3915
3916 /* Handle permutation completer. */
3917 case '*':
3918 if (*s++ == ',')
3919 {
3920 int permloc[4];
3921 int perm = 0;
3922 int i = 0;
3923 permloc[0] = 13;
3924 permloc[1] = 10;
3925 permloc[2] = 8;
3926 permloc[3] = 6;
3927 for (; i < 4; i++)
3928 {
3929 switch (*s++)
3930 {
3931 case '0':
3932 perm = 0;
3933 break;
3934 case '1':
3935 perm = 1;
3936 break;
3937 case '2':
3938 perm = 2;
3939 break;
3940 case '3':
3941 perm = 3;
3942 break;
3943 default:
3944 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
3945 }
3946 opcode |= perm << permloc[i];
3947 }
3948 continue;
3949 }
3950 else
3951 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
3952 break;
3953
3954 default:
3955 abort ();
3956 }
3957 break;
3958
3959 /* Handle all conditions. */
3960 case '?':
3961 {
3962 args++;
3963 switch (*args)
3964 {
3965 /* Handle FP compare conditions. */
3966 case 'f':
3967 cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s);
3968 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0);
3969
3970 /* Handle an add condition. */
3971 case 'A':
3972 /* PR gas/11395
3973 If we are looking for 64-bit add conditions and we
3974 do not have the ",*" prefix, then we have no match. */
3975 if (*s != ',')
3976 break;
3977 /* Fall through. */
3978 case 'a':
3979 cmpltr = 0;
3980 flag = 0;
3981 if (*s == ',')
3982 {
3983 s++;
3984
3985 /* 64 bit conditions. */
3986 if (*args == 'A')
3987 {
3988 if (*s == '*')
3989 s++;
3990 else
3991 break;
3992 }
3993 else if (*s == '*')
3994 break;
3995
3996 name = s;
3997 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
3998 s += 1;
3999 c = *s;
4000 *s = 0x00;
4001 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
4002 cmpltr = 1;
4003 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
4004 cmpltr = 2;
4005 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
4006 cmpltr = 3;
4007 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
4008 cmpltr = 4;
4009 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
4010 cmpltr = 5;
4011 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
4012 cmpltr = 6;
4013 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4014 cmpltr = 7;
4015 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4016 {
4017 cmpltr = 0;
4018 flag = 1;
4019 }
4020 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4021 {
4022 cmpltr = 1;
4023 flag = 1;
4024 }
4025 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4026 {
4027 cmpltr = 2;
4028 flag = 1;
4029 }
4030 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
4031 {
4032 cmpltr = 3;
4033 flag = 1;
4034 }
4035 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
4036 {
4037 cmpltr = 4;
4038 flag = 1;
4039 }
4040 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
4041 {
4042 cmpltr = 5;
4043 flag = 1;
4044 }
4045 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
4046 {
4047 cmpltr = 6;
4048 flag = 1;
4049 }
4050 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4051 {
4052 cmpltr = 7;
4053 flag = 1;
4054 }
4055 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4056 else if (*args == 'a' || *name)
4057 as_bad (_("Invalid Add Condition: %s"), name);
4058 *s = c;
4059 }
4060 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4061 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
4062
4063 /* Handle non-negated add and branch condition. */
4064 case 'd':
4065 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
4066 if (cmpltr < 0)
4067 {
4068 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
4069 cmpltr = 0;
4070 }
4071 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4072
4073 /* Handle 64 bit wide-mode add and branch condition. */
4074 case 'W':
4075 cmpltr = pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (&s);
4076 if (cmpltr < 0)
4077 {
4078 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
4079 cmpltr = 0;
4080 }
4081 else
4082 {
4083 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4084 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 24;
4085 }
4086 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
4087
4088 /* Handle a negated or non-negated add and branch
4089 condition. */
4090 case '@':
4091 save_s = s;
4092 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
4093 if (cmpltr < 0)
4094 {
4095 s = save_s;
4096 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s);
4097 if (cmpltr < 0)
4098 {
4099 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
4100 cmpltr = 0;
4101 }
4102 else
4103 {
4104 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4105 opcode |= 1 << 27;
4106 }
4107 }
4108 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4109
4110 /* Handle branch on bit conditions. */
4111 case 'B':
4112 case 'b':
4113 cmpltr = 0;
4114 if (*s == ',')
4115 {
4116 s++;
4117
4118 if (*args == 'B')
4119 {
4120 if (*s == '*')
4121 s++;
4122 else
4123 break;
4124 }
4125 else if (*s == '*')
4126 break;
4127
4128 if (strncmp (s, "<", 1) == 0)
4129 {
4130 cmpltr = 0;
4131 s++;
4132 }
4133 else if (strncmp (s, ">=", 2) == 0)
4134 {
4135 cmpltr = 1;
4136 s += 2;
4137 }
4138 else
4139 as_bad (_("Invalid Bit Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
4140 }
4141 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 15);
4142
4143 /* Handle a compare/subtract condition. */
4144 case 'S':
4145 case 's':
4146 cmpltr = 0;
4147 flag = 0;
4148 if (*s == ',')
4149 {
4150 s++;
4151
4152 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4153 if (*args == 'S')
4154 {
4155 if (*s == '*')
4156 s++;
4157 else
4158 break;
4159 }
4160 else if (*s == '*')
4161 break;
4162
4163 name = s;
4164 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
4165 s += 1;
4166 c = *s;
4167 *s = 0x00;
4168 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
4169 cmpltr = 1;
4170 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
4171 cmpltr = 2;
4172 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
4173 cmpltr = 3;
4174 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<") == 0)
4175 cmpltr = 4;
4176 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
4177 cmpltr = 5;
4178 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
4179 cmpltr = 6;
4180 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4181 cmpltr = 7;
4182 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4183 {
4184 cmpltr = 0;
4185 flag = 1;
4186 }
4187 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4188 {
4189 cmpltr = 1;
4190 flag = 1;
4191 }
4192 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4193 {
4194 cmpltr = 2;
4195 flag = 1;
4196 }
4197 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
4198 {
4199 cmpltr = 3;
4200 flag = 1;
4201 }
4202 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
4203 {
4204 cmpltr = 4;
4205 flag = 1;
4206 }
4207 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>") == 0)
4208 {
4209 cmpltr = 5;
4210 flag = 1;
4211 }
4212 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
4213 {
4214 cmpltr = 6;
4215 flag = 1;
4216 }
4217 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4218 {
4219 cmpltr = 7;
4220 flag = 1;
4221 }
4222 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4223 else if (*args != 'S' || *name)
4224 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %s"),
4225 name);
4226 *s = c;
4227 }
4228 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4229 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
4230
4231 /* Handle a non-negated compare condition. */
4232 case 't':
4233 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
4234 if (cmpltr < 0)
4235 {
4236 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
4237 cmpltr = 0;
4238 }
4239 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4240
4241 /* Handle a 32 bit compare and branch condition. */
4242 case 'n':
4243 save_s = s;
4244 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
4245 if (cmpltr < 0)
4246 {
4247 s = save_s;
4248 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
4249 if (cmpltr < 0)
4250 {
4251 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare and Branch Condition"));
4252 cmpltr = 0;
4253 }
4254 else
4255 {
4256 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4257 opcode |= 1 << 27;
4258 }
4259 }
4260
4261 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4262
4263 /* Handle a 64 bit compare and branch condition. */
4264 case 'N':
4265 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (&s);
4266 if (cmpltr >= 0)
4267 {
4268 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4269 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 26;
4270 }
4271 else
4272 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
4273 break;
4274
4275 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
4276
4277 /* Handle a 64 bit cmpib condition. */
4278 case 'Q':
4279 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (&s);
4280 if (cmpltr < 0)
4281 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
4282 break;
4283
4284 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4285
4286 /* Handle a logical instruction condition. */
4287 case 'L':
4288 case 'l':
4289 cmpltr = 0;
4290 flag = 0;
4291 if (*s == ',')
4292 {
4293 s++;
4294
4295 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4296 if (*args == 'L')
4297 {
4298 if (*s == '*')
4299 s++;
4300 else
4301 break;
4302 }
4303 else if (*s == '*')
4304 break;
4305
4306 name = s;
4307 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
4308 s += 1;
4309 c = *s;
4310 *s = 0x00;
4311
4312 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
4313 cmpltr = 1;
4314 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
4315 cmpltr = 2;
4316 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
4317 cmpltr = 3;
4318 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4319 cmpltr = 7;
4320 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4321 {
4322 cmpltr = 0;
4323 flag = 1;
4324 }
4325 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4326 {
4327 cmpltr = 1;
4328 flag = 1;
4329 }
4330 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4331 {
4332 cmpltr = 2;
4333 flag = 1;
4334 }
4335 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
4336 {
4337 cmpltr = 3;
4338 flag = 1;
4339 }
4340 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4341 {
4342 cmpltr = 7;
4343 flag = 1;
4344 }
4345 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4346 else if (*args != 'L' || *name)
4347 as_bad (_("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition."));
4348 *s = c;
4349 }
4350 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4351 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
4352
4353 /* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition. */
4354 case 'X':
4355 case 'x':
4356 case 'y':
4357 cmpltr = 0;
4358 /* Check immediate values in shift/extract/deposit
4359 * instructions if they will give undefined behaviour. */
4360 immediate_check = 1;
4361 if (*s == ',')
4362 {
4363 save_s = s++;
4364
4365 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4366 if (*args == 'X')
4367 {
4368 if (*s == '*')
4369 s++;
4370 else
4371 break;
4372 }
4373 else if (*s == '*')
4374 break;
4375
4376 name = s;
4377 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
4378 s += 1;
4379 c = *s;
4380 *s = 0x00;
4381 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
4382 cmpltr = 1;
4383 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
4384 cmpltr = 2;
4385 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4386 cmpltr = 3;
4387 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4388 cmpltr = 4;
4389 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4390 cmpltr = 5;
4391 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4392 cmpltr = 6;
4393 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4394 cmpltr = 7;
4395 /* Handle movb,n. Put things back the way they were.
4396 This includes moving s back to where it started. */
4397 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == 'y')
4398 {
4399 *s = c;
4400 s = save_s;
4401 continue;
4402 }
4403 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4404 else if (*args != 'X' || *name)
4405 as_bad (_("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition."));
4406 *s = c;
4407 }
4408 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4409
4410 /* Handle a unit instruction condition. */
4411 case 'U':
4412 case 'u':
4413 cmpltr = 0;
4414 flag = 0;
4415 if (*s == ',')
4416 {
4417 s++;
4418
4419 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4420 if (*args == 'U')
4421 {
4422 if (*s == '*')
4423 s++;
4424 else
4425 break;
4426 }
4427 else if (*s == '*')
4428 break;
4429
4430 if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0)
4431 {
4432 cmpltr = 2;
4433 s += 3;
4434 }
4435 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0)
4436 {
4437 cmpltr = 3;
4438 s += 3;
4439 }
4440 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0)
4441 {
4442 cmpltr = 4;
4443 s += 3;
4444 }
4445 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0)
4446 {
4447 cmpltr = 6;
4448 s += 3;
4449 }
4450 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0)
4451 {
4452 cmpltr = 7;
4453 s += 3;
4454 }
4455 else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0)
4456 {
4457 cmpltr = 0;
4458 flag = 1;
4459 s += 2;
4460 }
4461 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0)
4462 {
4463 cmpltr = 2;
4464 flag = 1;
4465 s += 3;
4466 }
4467 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0)
4468 {
4469 cmpltr = 3;
4470 flag = 1;
4471 s += 3;
4472 }
4473 else if (strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0)
4474 {
4475 cmpltr = 4;
4476 flag = 1;
4477 s += 3;
4478 }
4479 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0)
4480 {
4481 cmpltr = 6;
4482 flag = 1;
4483 s += 3;
4484 }
4485 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0)
4486 {
4487 cmpltr = 7;
4488 flag = 1;
4489 s += 3;
4490 }
4491 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swz", 3) == 0)
4492 {
4493 cmpltr = 1;
4494 flag = 0;
4495 s += 3;
4496 }
4497 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swc", 3) == 0)
4498 {
4499 cmpltr = 5;
4500 flag = 0;
4501 s += 3;
4502 }
4503 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwz", 3) == 0)
4504 {
4505 cmpltr = 1;
4506 flag = 1;
4507 s += 3;
4508 }
4509 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwc", 3) == 0)
4510 {
4511 cmpltr = 5;
4512 flag = 1;
4513 s += 3;
4514 }
4515 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4516 else if (*args != 'U' || (*s != ' ' && *s != '\t'))
4517 as_bad (_("Invalid Unit Instruction Condition."));
4518 }
4519 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4520 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
4521
4522 default:
4523 abort ();
4524 }
4525 break;
4526 }
4527
4528 /* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions. */
4529 case 'n':
4530 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
4531 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1);
4532
4533 /* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns. */
4534 case 'N':
4535 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
4536 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5);
4537
4538 /* Handle ,%r2 completer for new syntax branches. */
4539 case 'L':
4540 if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%r2", 3) == 0)
4541 s += 4;
4542 else if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%rp", 3) == 0)
4543 s += 4;
4544 else
4545 break;
4546 continue;
4547
4548 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
4549 are 0..6 inclusive. */
4550 case 'h':
4551 get_expression (s);
4552 s = expr_end;
4553 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4554 {
4555 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4556 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
4557 num++;
4558 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
4559 }
4560 else
4561 break;
4562
4563 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
4564 are 0..6 inclusive. */
4565 case 'm':
4566 get_expression (s);
4567 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4568 {
4569 s = expr_end;
4570 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4571 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
4572 num = (num + 1) ^ 1;
4573 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
4574 }
4575 else
4576 break;
4577
4578 /* Handle graphics test completers for ftest */
4579 case '=':
4580 {
4581 num = pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (&s);
4582 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4583 }
4584
4585 /* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31. */
4586 case 'i':
4587 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4588 get_expression (s);
4589 s = expr_end;
4590 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4591 {
4592 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4593 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0);
4594 num = low_sign_unext (num, 11);
4595 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4596 }
4597 else
4598 {
4599 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4600 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4601 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4602 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4603 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4604 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4605 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4606 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4607 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4608 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4609 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4610 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4611 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4612 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4613 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4614 #endif
4615 else
4616 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4617 the_insn.format = 11;
4618 continue;
4619 }
4620
4621 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
4622 case 'J':
4623 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4624 get_expression (s);
4625 s = expr_end;
4626 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4627 {
4628 int mb;
4629
4630 /* XXX the completer stored away tidbits of information
4631 for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this.
4632 Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be
4633 good to rethink this. */
4634 mb = opcode & 1;
4635 opcode -= mb;
4636 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4637 if (mb != (num < 0))
4638 break;
4639 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4640 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
4641 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4642 }
4643 break;
4644
4645 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
4646 case 'K':
4647 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4648 get_expression (s);
4649 s = expr_end;
4650 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4651 {
4652 int mb;
4653
4654 mb = opcode & 1;
4655 opcode -= mb;
4656 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4657 if (mb == (num < 0))
4658 break;
4659 if (num % 4)
4660 break;
4661 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4662 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
4663 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4664 }
4665 break;
4666
4667 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
4668 case '<':
4669 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4670 get_expression (s);
4671 s = expr_end;
4672 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4673 {
4674 int mb;
4675
4676 mb = opcode & 1;
4677 opcode -= mb;
4678 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4679 if (mb != (num < 0))
4680 break;
4681 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4682 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
4683 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4684 }
4685 break;
4686
4687 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
4688 case '>':
4689 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4690 get_expression (s);
4691 s = expr_end;
4692 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4693 {
4694 int mb;
4695
4696 mb = opcode & 1;
4697 opcode -= mb;
4698 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4699 if (mb == (num < 0))
4700 break;
4701 if (num % 4)
4702 break;
4703 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4704 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
4705 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4706 }
4707 break;
4708
4709 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left three times. */
4710 case '#':
4711 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) != pa20)
4712 break;
4713 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4714 get_expression (s);
4715 s = expr_end;
4716 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4717 {
4718 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4719 if (num & 0x7)
4720 break;
4721 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4722 if (num < 0)
4723 opcode |= 1;
4724 num &= 0x1fff;
4725 num >>= 3;
4726 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 4);
4727 }
4728 else
4729 {
4730 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4731 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4732 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4733 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4734 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4735 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4736 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4737 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4738 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4739 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4740 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4741 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4742 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4743 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4744 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4745 #endif
4746 else
4747 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4748 the_insn.format = 14;
4749 continue;
4750 }
4751 break;
4752
4753 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left twice. */
4754 case 'd':
4755 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4756 get_expression (s);
4757 s = expr_end;
4758 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4759 {
4760 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4761 if (num & 0x3)
4762 break;
4763 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4764 if (num < 0)
4765 opcode |= 1;
4766 num &= 0x1fff;
4767 num >>= 2;
4768 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
4769 }
4770 else
4771 {
4772 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4773 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4774 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4775 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4776 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4777 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4778 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4779 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4780 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4781 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4782 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4783 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4784 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4785 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4786 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4787 #endif
4788 else
4789 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4790 the_insn.format = 14;
4791 continue;
4792 }
4793
4794 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
4795 case 'j':
4796 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4797 get_expression (s);
4798 s = expr_end;
4799 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4800 {
4801 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4802 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4803 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
4804 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4805 }
4806 else
4807 {
4808 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4809 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4810 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4811 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4812 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4813 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4814 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4815 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4816 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4817 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4818 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4819 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4820 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4821 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4822 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4823 #endif
4824 else
4825 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4826 the_insn.format = 14;
4827 continue;
4828 }
4829
4830 /* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31. */
4831 case 'k':
4832 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4833 get_expression (s);
4834 s = expr_end;
4835 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4836 {
4837 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4838 CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
4839 opcode |= re_assemble_21 (num);
4840 continue;
4841 }
4842 else
4843 {
4844 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4845 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4846 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4847 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4848 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4849 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4850 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4851 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4852 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4853 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4854 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4855 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4856 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4857 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4858 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4859 #endif
4860 else
4861 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4862 the_insn.format = 21;
4863 continue;
4864 }
4865
4866 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31 (PA 2.0 wide mode only). */
4867 case 'l':
4868 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4869 get_expression (s);
4870 s = expr_end;
4871 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4872 {
4873 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4874 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4875 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
4876 continue;
4877 }
4878 else
4879 {
4880 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
4881 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4882 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4883 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4884 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4885 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4886 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4887 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4888 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4889 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4890 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4891 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4892 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4893 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4894 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4895 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4896 #endif
4897 else
4898 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4899 the_insn.format = 14;
4900 continue;
4901 }
4902
4903 /* Handle a word-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
4904 case 'y':
4905 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4906 get_expression (s);
4907 s = expr_end;
4908 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4909 {
4910 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4911 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4912 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 4, 0);
4913 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
4914 continue;
4915 }
4916 else
4917 {
4918 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
4919 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4920 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4921 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4922 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4923 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4924 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4925 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4926 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4927 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4928 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4929 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4930 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4931 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4932 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4933 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4934 #endif
4935 else
4936 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4937 the_insn.format = 14;
4938 continue;
4939 }
4940
4941 /* Handle a dword-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
4942 case '&':
4943 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4944 get_expression (s);
4945 s = expr_end;
4946 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4947 {
4948 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4949 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4950 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 8, 0);
4951 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
4952 continue;
4953 }
4954 else
4955 {
4956 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
4957 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4958 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4959 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4960 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4961 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4962 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4963 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4964 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4965 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4966 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4967 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4968 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4969 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4970 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4971 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4972 #endif
4973 else
4974 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4975 the_insn.format = 14;
4976 continue;
4977 }
4978
4979 /* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement. */
4980 case 'w':
4981 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4982 get_expression (s);
4983 s = expr_end;
4984 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
4985 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
4986 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
4987 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
4988 {
4989 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4990 if (num % 4)
4991 {
4992 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
4993 break;
4994 }
4995 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
4996 num -= 8;
4997 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4998 opcode |= re_assemble_12 (num >> 2);
4999 continue;
5000 }
5001 else
5002 {
5003 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
5004 the_insn.format = 12;
5005 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5006 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5007 s = expr_end;
5008 continue;
5009 }
5010
5011 /* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement. */
5012 case 'W':
5013 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
5014 get_expression (s);
5015 s = expr_end;
5016 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
5017 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
5018 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
5019 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
5020 {
5021 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
5022 if (num % 4)
5023 {
5024 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
5025 break;
5026 }
5027 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
5028 num -= 8;
5029 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
5030 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
5031 continue;
5032 }
5033 else
5034 {
5035 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
5036 the_insn.format = 17;
5037 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5038 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5039 continue;
5040 }
5041
5042 /* Handle a 22 bit branch displacement. */
5043 case 'X':
5044 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
5045 get_expression (s);
5046 s = expr_end;
5047 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
5048 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
5049 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
5050 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
5051 {
5052 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
5053 if (num % 4)
5054 {
5055 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
5056 break;
5057 }
5058 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
5059 num -= 8;
5060 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
5061 opcode |= re_assemble_22 (num >> 2);
5062 }
5063 else
5064 {
5065 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
5066 the_insn.format = 22;
5067 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5068 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5069 continue;
5070 }
5071
5072 /* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target. */
5073 case 'z':
5074 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
5075 get_expression (s);
5076 s = expr_end;
5077 the_insn.pcrel = 0;
5078 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
5079 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
5080 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
5081 {
5082 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
5083 if (num % 4)
5084 {
5085 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
5086 break;
5087 }
5088 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
5089 num -= 8;
5090 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
5091 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
5092 continue;
5093 }
5094 else
5095 {
5096 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL;
5097 the_insn.format = 17;
5098 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5099 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5100 continue;
5101 }
5102
5103 /* Handle '%r1' implicit operand of addil instruction. */
5104 case 'Z':
5105 if (*s == ',' && *(s + 1) == '%' && *(s + 3) == '1'
5106 && (*(s + 2) == 'r' || *(s + 2) == 'R'))
5107 {
5108 s += 4;
5109 continue;
5110 }
5111 else
5112 break;
5113
5114 /* Handle '%sr0,%r31' implicit operand of be,l instruction. */
5115 case 'Y':
5116 if (strncasecmp (s, "%sr0,%r31", 9) != 0)
5117 break;
5118 s += 9;
5119 continue;
5120
5121 /* Handle immediate value of 0 for ordered load/store instructions. */
5122 case '@':
5123 if (*s != '0')
5124 break;
5125 s++;
5126 continue;
5127
5128 /* Handle a 2 bit shift count at 25. */
5129 case '.':
5130 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5131 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5132 break;
5133 s = expr_end;
5134 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 1, strict);
5135 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5136
5137 /* Handle a 4 bit shift count at 25. */
5138 case '*':
5139 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5140 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5141 break;
5142 s = expr_end;
5143 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, 0, strict);
5144 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5145
5146 /* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26. */
5147 case 'p':
5148 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5149 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5150 break;
5151 s = expr_end;
5152 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
5153 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5154 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5);
5155
5156 /* Handle a 6 bit shift count at 20,22:26. */
5157 case '~':
5158 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5159 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5160 break;
5161 s = expr_end;
5162 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
5163 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5164 num = 63 - num;
5165 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
5166 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
5167
5168 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 23,27:31. */
5169 case '%':
5170 flag = 0;
5171 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5172 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5173 break;
5174 s = expr_end;
5175 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
5176 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5177 num--;
5178 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 3;
5179 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
5180 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5181
5182 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 19,27:31. */
5183 case '|':
5184 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5185 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5186 break;
5187 s = expr_end;
5188 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
5189 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5190 num--;
5191 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 7;
5192 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
5193 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5194
5195 /* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26. */
5196 case 'P':
5197 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5198 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5199 break;
5200 s = expr_end;
5201 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
5202 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5203 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5);
5204
5205 /* Handle a 6 bit bit position at 20,22:26. */
5206 case 'q':
5207 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5208 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5209 break;
5210 s = expr_end;
5211 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
5212 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5213 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
5214 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
5215
5216 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10 with 'd' as the complement
5217 of the high bit of the immediate. */
5218 case 'B':
5219 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5220 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5221 break;
5222 s = expr_end;
5223 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
5224 if (num & 0x20)
5225 ;
5226 else
5227 opcode |= (1 << 13);
5228 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 21);
5229
5230 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10. */
5231 case 'Q':
5232 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5233 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5234 break;
5235 s = expr_end;
5236 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
5237 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
5238
5239 /* Handle a 9 bit immediate at 28. */
5240 case '$':
5241 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5242 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5243 break;
5244 s = expr_end;
5245 CHECK_FIELD (num, 511, 1, strict);
5246 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
5247
5248 /* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18. */
5249 case 'A':
5250 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5251 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5252 break;
5253 s = expr_end;
5254 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, 0, strict);
5255 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
5256
5257 /* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31. */
5258 case 'D':
5259 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5260 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5261 break;
5262 s = expr_end;
5263 CHECK_FIELD (num, 67108863, 0, strict);
5264 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5265
5266 /* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25. */
5267 case 'v':
5268 if (*s++ != ',')
5269 as_bad (_("Invalid SFU identifier"));
5270 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5271 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5272 break;
5273 s = expr_end;
5274 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
5275 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5276
5277 /* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0. */
5278 case 'O':
5279 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5280 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5281 break;
5282 s = expr_end;
5283 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, strict);
5284 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6);
5285 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5286
5287 /* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1. */
5288 case 'o':
5289 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5290 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5291 break;
5292 s = expr_end;
5293 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
5294 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
5295
5296 /* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3. */
5297 case '0':
5298 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5299 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5300 break;
5301 s = expr_end;
5302 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
5303 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6);
5304 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5305
5306 /* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2. */
5307 case '1':
5308 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5309 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5310 break;
5311 s = expr_end;
5312 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
5313 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6);
5314 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5315
5316 /* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field. */
5317 case 'u':
5318 if (*s++ != ',')
5319 as_bad (_("Invalid COPR identifier"));
5320 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5321 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5322 break;
5323 s = expr_end;
5324 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
5325 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5326
5327 /* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr. */
5328 case '2':
5329 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5330 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5331 break;
5332 s = expr_end;
5333 CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, strict);
5334 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4);
5335 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5336
5337 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
5338 case '{':
5339 if (*s == ',' && *(s+1) == 't')
5340 {
5341 the_insn.trunc = 1;
5342 s += 2;
5343 }
5344 else
5345 the_insn.trunc = 0;
5346 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
5347 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5348 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
5349 flag = SGL;
5350 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
5351 flag = DBL;
5352 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
5353 flag = QUAD;
5354 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
5355
5356 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
5357 case '_':
5358 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
5359 s--;
5360 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
5361 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
5362 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
5363 flag = SGL;
5364 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
5365 flag = DBL;
5366 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
5367 flag = QUAD;
5368 opcode |= flag << 13;
5369 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL
5370 || the_insn.fpof1 == DBL
5371 || the_insn.fpof1 == QUAD)
5372 {
5373 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
5374 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
5375 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
5376 flag = 0;
5377 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == W
5378 || the_insn.fpof2 == DW
5379 || the_insn.fpof2 == QW)
5380 flag = 2;
5381 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == UW
5382 || the_insn.fpof2 == UDW
5383 || the_insn.fpof2 == UQW)
5384 flag = 6;
5385 else
5386 abort ();
5387 }
5388 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == W
5389 || the_insn.fpof1 == DW
5390 || the_insn.fpof1 == QW)
5391 {
5392 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
5393 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
5394 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
5395 flag = 1;
5396 else
5397 abort ();
5398 }
5399 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == UW
5400 || the_insn.fpof1 == UDW
5401 || the_insn.fpof1 == UQW)
5402 {
5403 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
5404 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
5405 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
5406 flag = 5;
5407 else
5408 abort ();
5409 }
5410 flag |= the_insn.trunc;
5411 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 15);
5412
5413 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
5414 case 'F':
5415 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5416 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5417 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
5418
5419 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
5420 case 'G':
5421 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
5422 s--;
5423 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5424 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
5425 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13);
5426
5427 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer at 20. */
5428 case 'I':
5429 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5430 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5431 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
5432
5433 /* Handle a floating point operand format at 26.
5434 Only allows single and double precision. */
5435 case 'H':
5436 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5437 switch (flag)
5438 {
5439 case SGL:
5440 opcode |= 0x20;
5441 case DBL:
5442 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5443 continue;
5444
5445 case QUAD:
5446 case ILLEGAL_FMT:
5447 default:
5448 as_bad (_("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format."));
5449 }
5450 break;
5451
5452 /* Handle all floating point registers. */
5453 case 'f':
5454 switch (*++args)
5455 {
5456 /* Float target register. */
5457 case 't':
5458 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
5459 break;
5460 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5461 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5462 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5463
5464 /* Float target register with L/R selection. */
5465 case 'T':
5466 {
5467 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5468 break;
5469 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5470 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5471 opcode |= num;
5472
5473 /* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes
5474 and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes. This
5475 is not necessary for loads/stores. */
5476 if (need_pa11_opcode ()
5477 && ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000))
5478 opcode |= 1 << 27;
5479
5480 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 6 : 0);
5481 continue;
5482 }
5483
5484 /* Float operand 1. */
5485 case 'a':
5486 {
5487 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5488 break;
5489 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5490 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5491 opcode |= num << 21;
5492 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
5493 {
5494 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
5495 opcode |= 1 << 27;
5496 }
5497 continue;
5498 }
5499
5500 /* Float operand 1 with L/R selection. */
5501 case 'X':
5502 case 'A':
5503 {
5504 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5505 break;
5506 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5507 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5508 opcode |= num << 21;
5509 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
5510 continue;
5511 }
5512
5513 /* Float operand 2. */
5514 case 'b':
5515 {
5516 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5517 break;
5518 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5519 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5520 opcode |= num << 16;
5521 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
5522 {
5523 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
5524 opcode |= 1 << 27;
5525 }
5526 continue;
5527 }
5528
5529 /* Float operand 2 with L/R selection. */
5530 case 'B':
5531 {
5532 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5533 break;
5534 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5535 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5536 opcode |= num << 16;
5537 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
5538 continue;
5539 }
5540
5541 /* Float operand 3 for fmpyfadd, fmpynfadd. */
5542 case 'C':
5543 {
5544 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5545 break;
5546 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5547 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5548 opcode |= (num & 0x1c) << 11;
5549 opcode |= (num & 0x03) << 9;
5550 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 8 : 0);
5551 continue;
5552 }
5553
5554 /* Float mult operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5555 case 'i':
5556 {
5557 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5558 break;
5559 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5560 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5561 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5562 {
5563 if (num < 16)
5564 {
5565 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5566 break;
5567 }
5568 num &= 0xF;
5569 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5570 }
5571 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
5572 }
5573
5574 /* Float mult operand 2 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5575 case 'j':
5576 {
5577 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5578 break;
5579 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5580 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5581 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5582 {
5583 if (num < 16)
5584 {
5585 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5586 break;
5587 }
5588 num &= 0xF;
5589 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5590 }
5591 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
5592 }
5593
5594 /* Float mult target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5595 case 'k':
5596 {
5597 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5598 break;
5599 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5600 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5601 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5602 {
5603 if (num < 16)
5604 {
5605 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5606 break;
5607 }
5608 num &= 0xF;
5609 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5610 }
5611 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5612 }
5613
5614 /* Float add operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5615 case 'l':
5616 {
5617 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5618 break;
5619 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5620 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5621 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5622 {
5623 if (num < 16)
5624 {
5625 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5626 break;
5627 }
5628 num &= 0xF;
5629 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5630 }
5631 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5632 }
5633
5634 /* Float add target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5635 case 'm':
5636 {
5637 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5638 break;
5639 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5640 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5641 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5642 {
5643 if (num < 16)
5644 {
5645 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5646 break;
5647 }
5648 num &= 0xF;
5649 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5650 }
5651 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
5652 }
5653
5654 /* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'. */
5655 case 'E':
5656 case 'e':
5657 {
5658 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5659 break;
5660 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5661 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5662 opcode |= num << 16;
5663 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
5664 {
5665 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 1 : 0);
5666 }
5667 continue;
5668 }
5669
5670 /* Float target register (PA 2.0 wide). */
5671 case 'x':
5672 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
5673 break;
5674 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5675 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5676 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
5677
5678 default:
5679 abort ();
5680 }
5681 break;
5682
5683 default:
5684 abort ();
5685 }
5686 break;
5687 }
5688
5689 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
5690 then set a new architecture. This automatic promotion crud is
5691 for compatibility with HP's old assemblers only. */
5692 if (match == TRUE
5693 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch
5694 && !bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, insn->arch))
5695 {
5696 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
5697 match = FALSE;
5698 }
5699
5700 failed:
5701 /* Check if the args matched. */
5702 if (!match)
5703 {
5704 if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < (int) NUMOPCODES
5705 && !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name))
5706 {
5707 ++insn;
5708 s = argstart;
5709 continue;
5710 }
5711 else
5712 {
5713 as_bad (_("Invalid operands %s"), error_message);
5714 return;
5715 }
5716 }
5717 break;
5718 }
5719
5720 if (immediate_check)
5721 {
5722 if (pos != -1 && len != -1 && pos < len - 1)
5723 as_warn (_("Immediates %d and %d will give undefined behavior."),
5724 pos, len);
5725 }
5726
5727 the_insn.opcode = opcode;
5728 }
5729
5730 /* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag. */
5731
5732 void
5733 md_assemble (char *str)
5734 {
5735 char *to;
5736
5737 /* The had better be something to assemble. */
5738 gas_assert (str);
5739
5740 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
5741 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
5742 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
5743
5744 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
5745 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
5746 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
5747 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
5748 {
5749 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
5750
5751 if (label_symbol)
5752 {
5753 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
5754 {
5755 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
5756 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
5757 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
5758 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5759 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
5760 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
5761 if (within_entry_exit)
5762 {
5763 char *where;
5764 unsigned int u;
5765
5766 where = frag_more (0);
5767 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
5768 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5769 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
5770 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
5771 }
5772 #endif
5773 }
5774 else
5775 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
5776 }
5777 else
5778 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
5779 }
5780
5781 /* Assemble the instruction. Results are saved into "the_insn". */
5782 pa_ip (str);
5783
5784 /* Get somewhere to put the assembled instruction. */
5785 to = frag_more (4);
5786
5787 /* Output the opcode. */
5788 md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4);
5789
5790 /* If necessary output more stuff. */
5791 if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE)
5792 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL,
5793 (offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel,
5794 the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector,
5795 the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, 0);
5796
5797 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5798 dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
5799 #endif
5800 }
5801
5802 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5803 /* Handle an alignment directive. Special so that we can update the
5804 alignment of the subspace if necessary. */
5805 static void
5806 pa_align (int bytes)
5807 {
5808 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5809 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5810
5811 /* Let the generic gas code do most of the work. */
5812 s_align_bytes (bytes);
5813
5814 /* If bytes is a power of 2, then update the current subspace's
5815 alignment if necessary. */
5816 if (exact_log2 (bytes) != -1)
5817 record_alignment (current_subspace->ssd_seg, exact_log2 (bytes));
5818 }
5819 #endif
5820
5821 /* Handle a .BLOCK type pseudo-op. */
5822
5823 static void
5824 pa_block (int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5825 {
5826 unsigned int temp_size;
5827
5828 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5829 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5830 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5831 #endif
5832
5833 temp_size = get_absolute_expression ();
5834
5835 if (temp_size > 0x3FFFFFFF)
5836 {
5837 as_bad (_("Argument to .BLOCK/.BLOCKZ must be between 0 and 0x3fffffff"));
5838 temp_size = 0;
5839 }
5840 else
5841 {
5842 /* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does. */
5843 char *p = frag_var (rs_fill, 1, 1, 0, NULL, temp_size, NULL);
5844 *p = 0;
5845 }
5846
5847 pa_undefine_label ();
5848 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5849 }
5850
5851 /* Handle a .begin_brtab and .end_brtab pseudo-op. */
5852
5853 static void
5854 pa_brtab (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5855 {
5856
5857 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5858 /* The BRTAB relocations are only available in SOM (to denote
5859 the beginning and end of branch tables). */
5860 char *where = frag_more (0);
5861
5862 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5863 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
5864 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB : R_HPPA_END_BRTAB,
5865 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
5866 #endif
5867
5868 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5869 }
5870
5871 /* Handle a .begin_try and .end_try pseudo-op. */
5872
5873 static void
5874 pa_try (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5875 {
5876 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5877 expressionS exp;
5878 char *where = frag_more (0);
5879
5880 if (! begin)
5881 expression (&exp);
5882
5883 /* The TRY relocations are only available in SOM (to denote
5884 the beginning and end of exception handling regions). */
5885
5886 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5887 NULL, (offsetT) 0, begin ? NULL : &exp,
5888 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY : R_HPPA_END_TRY,
5889 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
5890 #endif
5891
5892 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5893 }
5894
5895 /* Do the dirty work of building a call descriptor which describes
5896 where the caller placed arguments to a function call. */
5897
5898 static void
5899 pa_call_args (struct call_desc *call_desc)
5900 {
5901 char *name, c, *p;
5902 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
5903
5904 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
5905 {
5906 name = input_line_pointer;
5907 c = get_symbol_end ();
5908 /* Process a source argument. */
5909 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
5910 {
5911 temp = atoi (name + 4);
5912 p = input_line_pointer;
5913 *p = c;
5914 input_line_pointer++;
5915 name = input_line_pointer;
5916 c = get_symbol_end ();
5917 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
5918 call_desc->arg_reloc |= pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, arg_reloc);
5919 }
5920 /* Process a return value. */
5921 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6) == 0))
5922 {
5923 p = input_line_pointer;
5924 *p = c;
5925 input_line_pointer++;
5926 name = input_line_pointer;
5927 c = get_symbol_end ();
5928 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
5929 call_desc->arg_reloc |= (arg_reloc & 0x3);
5930 }
5931 else
5932 {
5933 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALL argument: %s"), name);
5934 }
5935 p = input_line_pointer;
5936 *p = c;
5937 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
5938 input_line_pointer++;
5939 }
5940 }
5941
5942 /* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op. This involves storing away information
5943 about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect
5944 (and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee. */
5945
5946 static void
5947 pa_call (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5948 {
5949 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5950 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5951 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5952 #endif
5953
5954 pa_call_args (&last_call_desc);
5955 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5956 }
5957
5958 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5959 /* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function
5960 attributes in CALL_INFO. This is not needed for SOM as using
5961 R_ENTRY and R_EXIT relocations allow the linker to handle building
5962 of the unwind spaces. */
5963
5964 static void
5965 pa_build_unwind_subspace (struct call_info *call_info)
5966 {
5967 asection *seg, *save_seg;
5968 subsegT save_subseg;
5969 unsigned int unwind;
5970 int reloc;
5971 char *name, *p;
5972 symbolS *symbolP;
5973
5974 if ((bfd_get_section_flags (stdoutput, now_seg)
5975 & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
5976 != (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
5977 return;
5978
5979 if (call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
5980 /* This can happen if there were errors earlier on in the assembly. */
5981 return;
5982
5983 /* Replace the start symbol with a local symbol that will be reduced
5984 to a section offset. This avoids problems with weak functions with
5985 multiple definitions, etc. */
5986 name = xmalloc (strlen ("L$\001start_")
5987 + strlen (S_GET_NAME (call_info->start_symbol))
5988 + 1);
5989 strcpy (name, "L$\001start_");
5990 strcat (name, S_GET_NAME (call_info->start_symbol));
5991
5992 /* If we have a .procend preceded by a .exit, then the symbol will have
5993 already been defined. In that case, we don't want another unwind
5994 entry. */
5995 symbolP = symbol_find (name);
5996 if (symbolP)
5997 {
5998 xfree (name);
5999 return;
6000 }
6001 else
6002 {
6003 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg,
6004 S_GET_VALUE (call_info->start_symbol), frag_now);
6005 gas_assert (symbolP);
6006 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
6007 symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
6008 }
6009
6010 reloc = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
6011 save_seg = now_seg;
6012 save_subseg = now_subseg;
6013 /* Get into the right seg/subseg. This may involve creating
6014 the seg the first time through. Make sure to have the
6015 old seg/subseg so that we can reset things when we are done. */
6016 seg = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME);
6017 if (seg == ASEC_NULL)
6018 {
6019 seg = subseg_new (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, 0);
6020 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, seg,
6021 SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
6022 | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA);
6023 bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg, 2);
6024 }
6025
6026 subseg_set (seg, 0);
6027
6028 /* Get some space to hold relocation information for the unwind
6029 descriptor. */
6030 p = frag_more (16);
6031
6032 /* Relocation info. for start offset of the function. */
6033 md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4);
6034 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6035 symbolP, (offsetT) 0,
6036 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6037 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6038
6039 /* Relocation info. for end offset of the function.
6040
6041 Because we allow reductions of 32bit relocations for ELF, this will be
6042 reduced to section_sym + offset which avoids putting the temporary
6043 symbol into the symbol table. It (should) end up giving the same
6044 value as call_info->start_symbol + function size once the linker is
6045 finished with its work. */
6046 md_number_to_chars (p + 4, 0, 4);
6047 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p + 4 - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6048 call_info->end_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6049 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6050 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6051
6052 /* Dump the descriptor. */
6053 unwind = UNWIND_LOW32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6054 md_number_to_chars (p + 8, unwind, 4);
6055
6056 unwind = UNWIND_HIGH32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6057 md_number_to_chars (p + 12, unwind, 4);
6058
6059 /* Return back to the original segment/subsegment. */
6060 subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg);
6061 }
6062 #endif
6063
6064 /* Process a .CALLINFO pseudo-op. This information is used later
6065 to build unwind descriptors and maybe one day to support
6066 .ENTER and .LEAVE. */
6067
6068 static void
6069 pa_callinfo (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6070 {
6071 char *name, c, *p;
6072 int temp;
6073
6074 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6075 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6076 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6077 #endif
6078
6079 /* .CALLINFO must appear within a procedure definition. */
6080 if (!within_procedure)
6081 as_bad (_(".callinfo is not within a procedure definition"));
6082
6083 /* Mark the fact that we found the .CALLINFO for the
6084 current procedure. */
6085 callinfo_found = TRUE;
6086
6087 /* Iterate over the .CALLINFO arguments. */
6088 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6089 {
6090 name = input_line_pointer;
6091 c = get_symbol_end ();
6092 /* Frame size specification. */
6093 if ((strncasecmp (name, "frame", 5) == 0))
6094 {
6095 p = input_line_pointer;
6096 *p = c;
6097 input_line_pointer++;
6098 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6099 if ((temp & 0x3) != 0)
6100 {
6101 as_bad (_("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n"), temp);
6102 temp = 0;
6103 }
6104
6105 /* callinfo is in bytes and unwind_desc is in 8 byte units. */
6106 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.frame_size = temp / 8;
6107
6108 }
6109 /* Entry register (GR, GR and SR) specifications. */
6110 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_gr", 8) == 0))
6111 {
6112 p = input_line_pointer;
6113 *p = c;
6114 input_line_pointer++;
6115 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6116 /* The HP assembler accepts 19 as the high bound for ENTRY_GR
6117 even though %r19 is caller saved. I think this is a bug in
6118 the HP assembler, and we are not going to emulate it. */
6119 if (temp < 3 || temp > 18)
6120 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n"));
6121 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_gr = temp - 2;
6122 }
6123 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_fr", 8) == 0))
6124 {
6125 p = input_line_pointer;
6126 *p = c;
6127 input_line_pointer++;
6128 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6129 /* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even
6130 though %fr21 is the last callee saved floating point register. */
6131 if (temp < 12 || temp > 21)
6132 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n"));
6133 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_fr = temp - 11;
6134 }
6135 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_sr", 8) == 0))
6136 {
6137 p = input_line_pointer;
6138 *p = c;
6139 input_line_pointer++;
6140 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6141 if (temp != 3)
6142 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n"));
6143 }
6144 /* Note whether or not this function performs any calls. */
6145 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "calls", 5) == 0) ||
6146 (strncasecmp (name, "caller", 6) == 0))
6147 {
6148 p = input_line_pointer;
6149 *p = c;
6150 }
6151 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_calls", 8) == 0))
6152 {
6153 p = input_line_pointer;
6154 *p = c;
6155 }
6156 /* Should RP be saved into the stack. */
6157 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_rp", 7) == 0))
6158 {
6159 p = input_line_pointer;
6160 *p = c;
6161 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_rp = 1;
6162 }
6163 /* Likewise for SP. */
6164 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_sp", 7) == 0))
6165 {
6166 p = input_line_pointer;
6167 *p = c;
6168 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_sp = 1;
6169 }
6170 /* Is this an unwindable procedure. If so mark it so
6171 in the unwind descriptor. */
6172 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_unwind", 9) == 0))
6173 {
6174 p = input_line_pointer;
6175 *p = c;
6176 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 1;
6177 }
6178 /* Is this an interrupt routine. If so mark it in the
6179 unwind descriptor. */
6180 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "hpux_int", 7) == 0))
6181 {
6182 p = input_line_pointer;
6183 *p = c;
6184 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 1;
6185 }
6186 /* Is this a millicode routine. "millicode" isn't in my
6187 assembler manual, but my copy is old. The HP assembler
6188 accepts it, and there's a place in the unwind descriptor
6189 to drop the information, so we'll accept it too. */
6190 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "millicode", 9) == 0))
6191 {
6192 p = input_line_pointer;
6193 *p = c;
6194 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.millicode = 1;
6195 }
6196 else
6197 {
6198 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s"), name);
6199 *input_line_pointer = c;
6200 }
6201 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6202 input_line_pointer++;
6203 }
6204
6205 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6206 }
6207
6208 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
6209 /* Switch to the text space. Like s_text, but delete our
6210 label when finished. */
6211
6212 static void
6213 pa_text (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6214 {
6215 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6216 current_space = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
6217 current_subspace
6218 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6219 #endif
6220
6221 s_text (0);
6222 pa_undefine_label ();
6223 }
6224
6225 /* Switch to the data space. As usual delete our label. */
6226
6227 static void
6228 pa_data (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6229 {
6230 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6231 current_space = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
6232 current_subspace
6233 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6234 #endif
6235 s_data (0);
6236 pa_undefine_label ();
6237 }
6238
6239 /* This is different than the standard GAS s_comm(). On HP9000/800 machines,
6240 the .comm pseudo-op has the following syntax:
6241
6242 <label> .comm <length>
6243
6244 where <label> is optional and is a symbol whose address will be the start of
6245 a block of memory <length> bytes long. <length> must be an absolute
6246 expression. <length> bytes will be allocated in the current space
6247 and subspace.
6248
6249 Also note the label may not even be on the same line as the .comm.
6250
6251 This difference in syntax means the colon function will be called
6252 on the symbol before we arrive in pa_comm. colon will set a number
6253 of attributes of the symbol that need to be fixed here. In particular
6254 the value, section pointer, fragment pointer, flags, etc. What
6255 a pain.
6256
6257 This also makes error detection all but impossible. */
6258
6259 static void
6260 pa_comm (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6261 {
6262 unsigned int size;
6263 symbolS *symbol;
6264 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6265
6266 if (label_symbol)
6267 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6268 else
6269 symbol = NULL;
6270
6271 SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
6272 size = get_absolute_expression ();
6273
6274 if (symbol)
6275 {
6276 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6277 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size);
6278 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_com_section_ptr);
6279 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6280
6281 /* colon() has already set the frag to the current location in the
6282 current subspace; we need to reset the fragment to the zero address
6283 fragment. We also need to reset the segment pointer. */
6284 symbol_set_frag (symbol, &zero_address_frag);
6285 }
6286 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6287 }
6288 #endif /* !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) */
6289
6290 /* Process a .END pseudo-op. */
6291
6292 static void
6293 pa_end (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6294 {
6295 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6296 }
6297
6298 /* Process a .ENTER pseudo-op. This is not supported. */
6299
6300 static void
6301 pa_enter (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6302 {
6303 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6304 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6305 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6306 #endif
6307
6308 as_bad (_("The .ENTER pseudo-op is not supported"));
6309 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6310 }
6311
6312 /* Process a .ENTRY pseudo-op. .ENTRY marks the beginning of the
6313 procedure. */
6314
6315 static void
6316 pa_entry (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6317 {
6318 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6319 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6320 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6321 #endif
6322
6323 if (!within_procedure)
6324 as_bad (_("Misplaced .entry. Ignored."));
6325 else
6326 {
6327 if (!callinfo_found)
6328 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo."));
6329 }
6330 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6331 within_entry_exit = TRUE;
6332
6333 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6334 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6335 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6336 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6337 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6338
6339 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6340 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6341 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6342 denote the entry and exit points. */
6343 if (last_call_info->start_symbol != NULL)
6344 {
6345 char *where;
6346 unsigned int u;
6347
6348 where = frag_more (0);
6349 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6350 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6351 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
6352 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
6353 }
6354 #endif
6355 }
6356
6357 /* Silly nonsense for pa_equ. The only half-sensible use for this is
6358 being able to subtract two register symbols that specify a range of
6359 registers, to get the size of the range. */
6360 static int fudge_reg_expressions;
6361
6362 int
6363 hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute (expressionS *resultP,
6364 operatorT op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6365 expressionS *rightP)
6366 {
6367 if (fudge_reg_expressions
6368 && rightP->X_op == O_register
6369 && resultP->X_op == O_register)
6370 {
6371 rightP->X_op = O_constant;
6372 resultP->X_op = O_constant;
6373 }
6374 return 0; /* Continue normal expr handling. */
6375 }
6376
6377 /* Handle a .EQU pseudo-op. */
6378
6379 static void
6380 pa_equ (int reg)
6381 {
6382 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6383 symbolS *symbol;
6384
6385 if (label_symbol)
6386 {
6387 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6388 if (reg)
6389 {
6390 strict = 1;
6391 if (!pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0))
6392 as_bad (_(".REG expression must be a register"));
6393 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_number);
6394 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, reg_section);
6395 }
6396 else
6397 {
6398 expressionS exp;
6399 segT seg;
6400
6401 fudge_reg_expressions = 1;
6402 seg = expression (&exp);
6403 fudge_reg_expressions = 0;
6404 if (exp.X_op != O_constant
6405 && exp.X_op != O_register)
6406 {
6407 if (exp.X_op != O_absent)
6408 as_bad (_("bad or irreducible absolute expression; zero assumed"));
6409 exp.X_add_number = 0;
6410 seg = absolute_section;
6411 }
6412 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) exp.X_add_number);
6413 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, seg);
6414 }
6415 }
6416 else
6417 {
6418 if (reg)
6419 as_bad (_(".REG must use a label"));
6420 else
6421 as_bad (_(".EQU must use a label"));
6422 }
6423
6424 pa_undefine_label ();
6425 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6426 }
6427
6428 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6429 /* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute
6430 the size of the function in elf_hppa_final_processing. */
6431
6432 static void
6433 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function (void)
6434 {
6435 /* ELF does not have EXIT relocations. All we do is create a
6436 temporary symbol marking the end of the function. */
6437 char *name;
6438
6439 if (last_call_info == NULL || last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
6440 {
6441 /* We have already warned about a missing label,
6442 or other problems. */
6443 return;
6444 }
6445
6446 name = xmalloc (strlen ("L$\001end_")
6447 + strlen (S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol))
6448 + 1);
6449 if (name)
6450 {
6451 symbolS *symbolP;
6452
6453 strcpy (name, "L$\001end_");
6454 strcat (name, S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol));
6455
6456 /* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the
6457 symbol will have already been defined. */
6458 symbolP = symbol_find (name);
6459 if (symbolP)
6460 {
6461 /* The symbol has already been defined! This can
6462 happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend.
6463
6464 This is *not* an error. All we want to do is free
6465 the memory we just allocated for the name and continue. */
6466 xfree (name);
6467 }
6468 else
6469 {
6470 /* symbol value should be the offset of the
6471 last instruction of the function */
6472 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, (valueT) (frag_now_fix () - 4),
6473 frag_now);
6474
6475 gas_assert (symbolP);
6476 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
6477 symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
6478 }
6479
6480 if (symbolP)
6481 last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP;
6482 else
6483 as_bad (_("Symbol '%s' could not be created."), name);
6484
6485 }
6486 else
6487 as_bad (_("No memory for symbol name."));
6488 }
6489 #endif
6490
6491 /* Helper function. Does processing for the end of a function. This
6492 usually involves creating some relocations or building special
6493 symbols to mark the end of the function. */
6494
6495 static void
6496 process_exit (void)
6497 {
6498 char *where;
6499
6500 where = frag_more (0);
6501
6502 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6503 /* Mark the end of the function, stuff away the location of the frag
6504 for the end of the function, and finally call pa_build_unwind_subspace
6505 to add an entry in the unwind table. */
6506 (void) where;
6507 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
6508 pa_build_unwind_subspace (last_call_info);
6509 #else
6510 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6511 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6512 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6513 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6514
6515 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6516 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6517 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6518 denote the entry and exit points. */
6519 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6520 NULL, (offsetT) 0,
6521 NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0,
6522 UNWIND_HIGH32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor));
6523 #endif
6524 }
6525
6526 /* Process a .EXIT pseudo-op. */
6527
6528 static void
6529 pa_exit (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6530 {
6531 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6532 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6533 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6534 #endif
6535
6536 if (!within_procedure)
6537 as_bad (_(".EXIT must appear within a procedure"));
6538 else
6539 {
6540 if (!callinfo_found)
6541 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo"));
6542 else
6543 {
6544 if (!within_entry_exit)
6545 as_bad (_("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT"));
6546 else
6547 {
6548 within_entry_exit = FALSE;
6549 process_exit ();
6550 }
6551 }
6552 }
6553 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6554 }
6555
6556 /* Helper function to process arguments to a .EXPORT pseudo-op. */
6557
6558 static void
6559 pa_type_args (symbolS *symbolP, int is_export)
6560 {
6561 char *name, c, *p;
6562 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6563 pa_symbol_type type = SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
6564 asymbol *bfdsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP);
6565
6566 if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "absolute", 8) == 0)
6567 {
6568 input_line_pointer += 8;
6569 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6570 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_abs_section_ptr);
6571 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE;
6572 }
6573 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "code", 4) == 0)
6574 {
6575 input_line_pointer += 4;
6576 /* IMPORTing/EXPORTing CODE types for functions is meaningless for SOM,
6577 instead one should be IMPORTing/EXPORTing ENTRY types.
6578
6579 Complain if one tries to EXPORT a CODE type since that's never
6580 done. Both GCC and HP C still try to IMPORT CODE types, so
6581 silently fix them to be ENTRY types. */
6582 if (S_IS_FUNCTION (symbolP))
6583 {
6584 if (is_export)
6585 as_tsktsk (_("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s"),
6586 S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
6587
6588 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6589 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6590 }
6591 else
6592 {
6593 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6594 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE;
6595 }
6596 }
6597 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "data", 4) == 0)
6598 {
6599 input_line_pointer += 4;
6600 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6601 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6602 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA;
6603 }
6604 else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "entry", 5) == 0))
6605 {
6606 input_line_pointer += 5;
6607 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6608 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6609 }
6610 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "millicode", 9) == 0)
6611 {
6612 input_line_pointer += 9;
6613 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6614 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6615 {
6616 elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfdsym;
6617 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info =
6618 ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info),
6619 STT_PARISC_MILLI);
6620 }
6621 #endif
6622 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE;
6623 }
6624 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "plabel", 6) == 0)
6625 {
6626 input_line_pointer += 6;
6627 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6628 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL;
6629 }
6630 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "pri_prog", 8) == 0)
6631 {
6632 input_line_pointer += 8;
6633 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6634 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG;
6635 }
6636 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sec_prog", 8) == 0)
6637 {
6638 input_line_pointer += 8;
6639 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6640 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG;
6641 }
6642
6643 /* SOM requires much more information about symbol types
6644 than BFD understands. This is how we get this information
6645 to the SOM BFD backend. */
6646 #ifdef obj_set_symbol_type
6647 obj_set_symbol_type (bfdsym, (int) type);
6648 #else
6649 (void) type;
6650 #endif
6651
6652 /* Now that the type of the exported symbol has been handled,
6653 handle any argument relocation information. */
6654 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6655 {
6656 if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
6657 input_line_pointer++;
6658 name = input_line_pointer;
6659 c = get_symbol_end ();
6660 /* Argument sources. */
6661 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6662 {
6663 p = input_line_pointer;
6664 *p = c;
6665 input_line_pointer++;
6666 temp = atoi (name + 4);
6667 name = input_line_pointer;
6668 c = get_symbol_end ();
6669 arg_reloc = pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, pa_build_arg_reloc (name));
6670 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6671 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6672 #else
6673 (void) arg_reloc;
6674 #endif
6675 *input_line_pointer = c;
6676 }
6677 /* The return value. */
6678 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6)) == 0)
6679 {
6680 p = input_line_pointer;
6681 *p = c;
6682 input_line_pointer++;
6683 name = input_line_pointer;
6684 c = get_symbol_end ();
6685 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6686 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6687 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6688 #else
6689 (void) arg_reloc;
6690 #endif
6691 *input_line_pointer = c;
6692 }
6693 /* Privilege level. */
6694 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "priv_lev", 8)) == 0)
6695 {
6696 p = input_line_pointer;
6697 *p = c;
6698 input_line_pointer++;
6699 temp = atoi (input_line_pointer);
6700 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6701 ((obj_symbol_type *) bfdsym)->tc_data.ap.hppa_priv_level = temp;
6702 #endif
6703 c = get_symbol_end ();
6704 *input_line_pointer = c;
6705 }
6706 else
6707 {
6708 as_bad (_("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s"), name);
6709 p = input_line_pointer;
6710 *p = c;
6711 }
6712 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6713 input_line_pointer++;
6714 }
6715 }
6716
6717 /* Process a .EXPORT directive. This makes functions external
6718 and provides information such as argument relocation entries
6719 to callers. */
6720
6721 static void
6722 pa_export (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6723 {
6724 char *name, c, *p;
6725 symbolS *symbol;
6726
6727 name = input_line_pointer;
6728 c = get_symbol_end ();
6729 /* Make sure the given symbol exists. */
6730 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6731 {
6732 as_bad (_("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n"), name);
6733 p = input_line_pointer;
6734 *p = c;
6735 input_line_pointer++;
6736 }
6737 else
6738 {
6739 /* OK. Set the external bits and process argument relocations.
6740 For the HP, weak and global are not mutually exclusive.
6741 S_SET_EXTERNAL will not set BSF_GLOBAL if WEAK is set.
6742 Call S_SET_EXTERNAL to get the other processing. Manually
6743 set BSF_GLOBAL when we get back. */
6744 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6745 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
6746 p = input_line_pointer;
6747 *p = c;
6748 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6749 {
6750 input_line_pointer++;
6751 pa_type_args (symbol, 1);
6752 }
6753 }
6754
6755 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6756 }
6757
6758 /* Handle an .IMPORT pseudo-op. Any symbol referenced in a given
6759 assembly file must either be defined in the assembly file, or
6760 explicitly IMPORTED from another. */
6761
6762 static void
6763 pa_import (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6764 {
6765 char *name, c, *p;
6766 symbolS *symbol;
6767
6768 name = input_line_pointer;
6769 c = get_symbol_end ();
6770
6771 symbol = symbol_find (name);
6772 /* Ugh. We might be importing a symbol defined earlier in the file,
6773 in which case all the code below will really screw things up
6774 (set the wrong segment, symbol flags & type, etc). */
6775 if (symbol == NULL || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbol))
6776 {
6777 symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
6778 p = input_line_pointer;
6779 *p = c;
6780
6781 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6782 {
6783 input_line_pointer++;
6784 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6785 }
6786 else
6787 {
6788 /* Sigh. To be compatible with the HP assembler and to help
6789 poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on
6790 the current segment. Note only BSF_FUNCTION really
6791 matters, we do not need to set the full SYMBOL_TYPE_* info. */
6792 if (now_seg == text_section)
6793 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6794
6795 /* If the section is undefined, then the symbol is undefined
6796 Since this is an import, leave the section undefined. */
6797 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6798 }
6799 }
6800 else
6801 {
6802 /* The symbol was already defined. Just eat everything up to
6803 the end of the current statement. */
6804 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6805 input_line_pointer++;
6806 }
6807
6808 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6809 }
6810
6811 /* Handle a .LABEL pseudo-op. */
6812
6813 static void
6814 pa_label (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6815 {
6816 char *name, c, *p;
6817
6818 name = input_line_pointer;
6819 c = get_symbol_end ();
6820
6821 if (strlen (name) > 0)
6822 {
6823 colon (name);
6824 p = input_line_pointer;
6825 *p = c;
6826 }
6827 else
6828 {
6829 as_warn (_("Missing label name on .LABEL"));
6830 }
6831
6832 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6833 {
6834 as_warn (_("extra .LABEL arguments ignored."));
6835 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6836 }
6837 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6838 }
6839
6840 /* Handle a .LEAVE pseudo-op. This is not supported yet. */
6841
6842 static void
6843 pa_leave (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6844 {
6845 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6846 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6847 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6848 #endif
6849
6850 as_bad (_("The .LEAVE pseudo-op is not supported"));
6851 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6852 }
6853
6854 /* Handle a .LEVEL pseudo-op. */
6855
6856 static void
6857 pa_level (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6858 {
6859 char *level;
6860
6861 level = input_line_pointer;
6862 if (strncmp (level, "1.0", 3) == 0)
6863 {
6864 input_line_pointer += 3;
6865 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10))
6866 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6867 }
6868 else if (strncmp (level, "1.1", 3) == 0)
6869 {
6870 input_line_pointer += 3;
6871 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 11))
6872 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6873 }
6874 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0w", 4) == 0)
6875 {
6876 input_line_pointer += 4;
6877 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 25))
6878 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6879 }
6880 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0", 3) == 0)
6881 {
6882 input_line_pointer += 3;
6883 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 20))
6884 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6885 }
6886 else
6887 {
6888 as_bad (_("Unrecognized .LEVEL argument\n"));
6889 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6890 }
6891 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6892 }
6893
6894 /* Handle a .ORIGIN pseudo-op. */
6895
6896 static void
6897 pa_origin (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6898 {
6899 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6900 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6901 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6902 #endif
6903
6904 s_org (0);
6905 pa_undefine_label ();
6906 }
6907
6908 /* Handle a .PARAM pseudo-op. This is much like a .EXPORT, except it
6909 is for static functions. FIXME. Should share more code with .EXPORT. */
6910
6911 static void
6912 pa_param (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6913 {
6914 char *name, c, *p;
6915 symbolS *symbol;
6916
6917 name = input_line_pointer;
6918 c = get_symbol_end ();
6919
6920 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6921 {
6922 as_bad (_("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n"), name);
6923 p = input_line_pointer;
6924 *p = c;
6925 input_line_pointer++;
6926 }
6927 else
6928 {
6929 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6930 p = input_line_pointer;
6931 *p = c;
6932 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6933 {
6934 input_line_pointer++;
6935 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6936 }
6937 }
6938
6939 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6940 }
6941
6942 /* Handle a .PROC pseudo-op. It is used to mark the beginning
6943 of a procedure from a syntactical point of view. */
6944
6945 static void
6946 pa_proc (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6947 {
6948 struct call_info *call_info;
6949
6950 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6951 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6952 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6953 #endif
6954
6955 if (within_procedure)
6956 as_fatal (_("Nested procedures"));
6957
6958 /* Reset global variables for new procedure. */
6959 callinfo_found = FALSE;
6960 within_procedure = TRUE;
6961
6962 /* Create another call_info structure. */
6963 call_info = xmalloc (sizeof (struct call_info));
6964
6965 if (!call_info)
6966 as_fatal (_("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n"));
6967
6968 memset (call_info, 0, sizeof (struct call_info));
6969
6970 call_info->ci_next = NULL;
6971
6972 if (call_info_root == NULL)
6973 {
6974 call_info_root = call_info;
6975 last_call_info = call_info;
6976 }
6977 else
6978 {
6979 last_call_info->ci_next = call_info;
6980 last_call_info = call_info;
6981 }
6982
6983 /* set up defaults on call_info structure */
6984
6985 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 0;
6986 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.region_desc = 1;
6987 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 0;
6988
6989 /* If we got a .PROC pseudo-op, we know that the function is defined
6990 locally. Make sure it gets into the symbol table. */
6991 {
6992 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6993
6994 if (label_symbol)
6995 {
6996 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
6997 {
6998 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6999 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7000 }
7001 else
7002 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7003 }
7004 else
7005 last_call_info->start_symbol = NULL;
7006 }
7007
7008 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7009 }
7010
7011 /* Process the syntactical end of a procedure. Make sure all the
7012 appropriate pseudo-ops were found within the procedure. */
7013
7014 static void
7015 pa_procend (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7016 {
7017 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7018 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
7019 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
7020 #endif
7021
7022 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
7023 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
7024 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
7025
7026 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
7027 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
7028 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
7029 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
7030 {
7031 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7032
7033 if (label_symbol)
7034 {
7035 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7036 {
7037 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7038 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
7039 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7040 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7041 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
7042 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
7043 if (within_entry_exit)
7044 {
7045 char *where;
7046 unsigned int u;
7047
7048 where = frag_more (0);
7049 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
7050 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
7051 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
7052 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
7053 }
7054 #endif
7055 }
7056 else
7057 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7058 }
7059 else
7060 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
7061 }
7062
7063 if (!within_procedure)
7064 as_bad (_("misplaced .procend"));
7065
7066 if (!callinfo_found)
7067 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo for this procedure"));
7068
7069 if (within_entry_exit)
7070 as_bad (_("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY"));
7071
7072 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
7073 /* ELF needs to mark the end of each function so that it can compute
7074 the size of the function (apparently its needed in the symbol table). */
7075 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
7076 #endif
7077
7078 within_procedure = FALSE;
7079 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7080 pa_undefine_label ();
7081 }
7082
7083 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7084 /* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then
7085 return log2 (VALUE). Else return -1. */
7086
7087 static int
7088 exact_log2 (int value)
7089 {
7090 int shift = 0;
7091
7092 while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32)
7093 shift++;
7094
7095 if (shift >= 32)
7096 return -1;
7097 else
7098 return shift;
7099 }
7100
7101 /* Check to make sure we have a valid space and subspace. */
7102
7103 static void
7104 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void)
7105 {
7106 if (current_space == NULL)
7107 as_fatal (_("Not in a space.\n"));
7108
7109 if (current_subspace == NULL)
7110 as_fatal (_("Not in a subspace.\n"));
7111 }
7112
7113 /* Parse the parameters to a .SPACE directive; if CREATE_FLAG is nonzero,
7114 then create a new space entry to hold the information specified
7115 by the parameters to the .SPACE directive. */
7116
7117 static sd_chain_struct *
7118 pa_parse_space_stmt (char *space_name, int create_flag)
7119 {
7120 char *name, *ptemp, c;
7121 char loadable, defined, private, sort;
7122 int spnum;
7123 asection *seg = NULL;
7124 sd_chain_struct *space;
7125
7126 /* Load default values. */
7127 spnum = 0;
7128 sort = 0;
7129 loadable = TRUE;
7130 defined = TRUE;
7131 private = FALSE;
7132 if (strcmp (space_name, "$TEXT$") == 0)
7133 {
7134 seg = pa_def_spaces[0].segment;
7135 defined = pa_def_spaces[0].defined;
7136 private = pa_def_spaces[0].private;
7137 sort = pa_def_spaces[0].sort;
7138 spnum = pa_def_spaces[0].spnum;
7139 }
7140 else if (strcmp (space_name, "$PRIVATE$") == 0)
7141 {
7142 seg = pa_def_spaces[1].segment;
7143 defined = pa_def_spaces[1].defined;
7144 private = pa_def_spaces[1].private;
7145 sort = pa_def_spaces[1].sort;
7146 spnum = pa_def_spaces[1].spnum;
7147 }
7148
7149 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7150 {
7151 print_errors = FALSE;
7152 ptemp = input_line_pointer + 1;
7153 /* First see if the space was specified as a number rather than
7154 as a name. According to the PA assembly manual the rest of
7155 the line should be ignored. */
7156 strict = 0;
7157 pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0);
7158 if (pa_number >= 0)
7159 {
7160 spnum = pa_number;
7161 input_line_pointer = ptemp;
7162 }
7163 else
7164 {
7165 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7166 {
7167 input_line_pointer++;
7168 name = input_line_pointer;
7169 c = get_symbol_end ();
7170 if ((strncasecmp (name, "spnum", 5) == 0))
7171 {
7172 *input_line_pointer = c;
7173 input_line_pointer++;
7174 spnum = get_absolute_expression ();
7175 }
7176 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7177 {
7178 *input_line_pointer = c;
7179 input_line_pointer++;
7180 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7181 }
7182 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7183 {
7184 *input_line_pointer = c;
7185 loadable = FALSE;
7186 }
7187 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "notdefined", 10) == 0))
7188 {
7189 *input_line_pointer = c;
7190 defined = FALSE;
7191 }
7192 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "private", 7) == 0))
7193 {
7194 *input_line_pointer = c;
7195 private = TRUE;
7196 }
7197 else
7198 {
7199 as_bad (_("Invalid .SPACE argument"));
7200 *input_line_pointer = c;
7201 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7202 input_line_pointer++;
7203 }
7204 }
7205 }
7206 print_errors = TRUE;
7207 }
7208
7209 if (create_flag && seg == NULL)
7210 seg = subseg_new (space_name, 0);
7211
7212 /* If create_flag is nonzero, then create the new space with
7213 the attributes computed above. Else set the values in
7214 an already existing space -- this can only happen for
7215 the first occurrence of a built-in space. */
7216 if (create_flag)
7217 space = create_new_space (space_name, spnum, loadable, defined,
7218 private, sort, seg, 1);
7219 else
7220 {
7221 space = is_defined_space (space_name);
7222 SPACE_SPNUM (space) = spnum;
7223 SPACE_DEFINED (space) = defined & 1;
7224 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (space) = 1;
7225 }
7226
7227 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7228 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7229 #endif
7230
7231 return space;
7232 }
7233
7234 /* Handle a .SPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current space to the
7235 given space, creating the new space if necessary. */
7236
7237 static void
7238 pa_space (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7239 {
7240 char *name, c, *space_name, *save_s;
7241 sd_chain_struct *sd_chain;
7242
7243 if (within_procedure)
7244 {
7245 as_bad (_("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7246 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7247 }
7248 else
7249 {
7250 /* Check for some of the predefined spaces. FIXME: most of the code
7251 below is repeated several times, can we extract the common parts
7252 and place them into a subroutine or something similar? */
7253 /* FIXME Is this (and the next IF stmt) really right?
7254 What if INPUT_LINE_POINTER points to "$TEXT$FOO"? */
7255 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$TEXT$", 6) == 0)
7256 {
7257 input_line_pointer += 6;
7258 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
7259 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7260 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 1);
7261 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7262 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 0);
7263
7264 current_space = sd_chain;
7265 subseg_set (text_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7266 current_subspace
7267 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (text_section,
7268 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7269 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7270 return;
7271 }
7272 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$PRIVATE$", 9) == 0)
7273 {
7274 input_line_pointer += 9;
7275 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
7276 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7277 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 1);
7278 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7279 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 0);
7280
7281 current_space = sd_chain;
7282 subseg_set (data_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7283 current_subspace
7284 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (data_section,
7285 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7286 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7287 return;
7288 }
7289 if (!strncasecmp (input_line_pointer,
7290 GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME,
7291 strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME)))
7292 {
7293 input_line_pointer += strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7294 sd_chain = is_defined_space (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7295 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7296 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 1);
7297 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7298 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 0);
7299
7300 current_space = sd_chain;
7301
7302 {
7303 asection *gdb_section
7304 = bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7305
7306 subseg_set (gdb_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7307 current_subspace
7308 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (gdb_section,
7309 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7310 }
7311 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7312 return;
7313 }
7314
7315 /* It could be a space specified by number. */
7316 print_errors = 0;
7317 save_s = input_line_pointer;
7318 strict = 0;
7319 pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0);
7320 if (pa_number >= 0)
7321 {
7322 if ((sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (pa_number)))
7323 {
7324 current_space = sd_chain;
7325
7326 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7327 current_subspace
7328 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7329 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7330 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7331 return;
7332 }
7333 }
7334
7335 /* Not a number, attempt to create a new space. */
7336 print_errors = 1;
7337 input_line_pointer = save_s;
7338 name = input_line_pointer;
7339 c = get_symbol_end ();
7340 space_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7341 strcpy (space_name, name);
7342 *input_line_pointer = c;
7343
7344 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, 1);
7345 current_space = sd_chain;
7346
7347 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7348 current_subspace = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7349 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7350 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7351 }
7352 }
7353
7354 /* Switch to a new space. (I think). FIXME. */
7355
7356 static void
7357 pa_spnum (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7358 {
7359 char *name;
7360 char c;
7361 char *p;
7362 sd_chain_struct *space;
7363
7364 name = input_line_pointer;
7365 c = get_symbol_end ();
7366 space = is_defined_space (name);
7367 if (space)
7368 {
7369 p = frag_more (4);
7370 md_number_to_chars (p, SPACE_SPNUM (space), 4);
7371 }
7372 else
7373 as_warn (_("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0."), name);
7374
7375 *input_line_pointer = c;
7376 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7377 }
7378
7379 /* Handle a .SUBSPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current subspace to the
7380 given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary.
7381
7382 FIXME. Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how
7383 they're broken up into subroutines. */
7384
7385 static void
7386 pa_subspace (int create_new)
7387 {
7388 char *name, *ss_name, c;
7389 char loadable, code_only, comdat, common, dup_common, zero, sort;
7390 int i, access_ctr, space_index, alignment, quadrant, applicable, flags;
7391 sd_chain_struct *space;
7392 ssd_chain_struct *ssd;
7393 asection *section;
7394
7395 if (current_space == NULL)
7396 as_fatal (_("Must be in a space before changing or declaring subspaces.\n"));
7397
7398 if (within_procedure)
7399 {
7400 as_bad (_("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7401 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7402 }
7403 else
7404 {
7405 name = input_line_pointer;
7406 c = get_symbol_end ();
7407 ss_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7408 strcpy (ss_name, name);
7409 *input_line_pointer = c;
7410
7411 /* Load default values. */
7412 sort = 0;
7413 access_ctr = 0x7f;
7414 loadable = 1;
7415 comdat = 0;
7416 common = 0;
7417 dup_common = 0;
7418 code_only = 0;
7419 zero = 0;
7420 space_index = ~0;
7421 alignment = 1;
7422 quadrant = 0;
7423
7424 space = current_space;
7425 if (create_new)
7426 ssd = NULL;
7427 else
7428 ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name);
7429 /* Allow user to override the builtin attributes of subspaces. But
7430 only allow the attributes to be changed once! */
7431 if (ssd && SUBSPACE_DEFINED (ssd))
7432 {
7433 subseg_set (ssd->ssd_seg, ssd->ssd_subseg);
7434 current_subspace = ssd;
7435 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7436 as_warn (_("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified"));
7437 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7438 return;
7439 }
7440 else
7441 {
7442 /* A new subspace. Load default values if it matches one of
7443 the builtin subspaces. */
7444 i = 0;
7445 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7446 {
7447 if (strcasecmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, ss_name) == 0)
7448 {
7449 loadable = pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable;
7450 comdat = pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat;
7451 common = pa_def_subspaces[i].common;
7452 dup_common = pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common;
7453 code_only = pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only;
7454 zero = pa_def_subspaces[i].zero;
7455 space_index = pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index;
7456 alignment = pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment;
7457 quadrant = pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant;
7458 access_ctr = pa_def_subspaces[i].access;
7459 sort = pa_def_subspaces[i].sort;
7460 break;
7461 }
7462 i++;
7463 }
7464 }
7465
7466 /* We should be working with a new subspace now. Fill in
7467 any information as specified by the user. */
7468 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7469 {
7470 input_line_pointer++;
7471 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7472 {
7473 name = input_line_pointer;
7474 c = get_symbol_end ();
7475 if ((strncasecmp (name, "quad", 4) == 0))
7476 {
7477 *input_line_pointer = c;
7478 input_line_pointer++;
7479 quadrant = get_absolute_expression ();
7480 }
7481 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "align", 5) == 0))
7482 {
7483 *input_line_pointer = c;
7484 input_line_pointer++;
7485 alignment = get_absolute_expression ();
7486 if (exact_log2 (alignment) == -1)
7487 {
7488 as_bad (_("Alignment must be a power of 2"));
7489 alignment = 1;
7490 }
7491 }
7492 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "access", 6) == 0))
7493 {
7494 *input_line_pointer = c;
7495 input_line_pointer++;
7496 access_ctr = get_absolute_expression ();
7497 }
7498 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7499 {
7500 *input_line_pointer = c;
7501 input_line_pointer++;
7502 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7503 }
7504 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "code_only", 9) == 0))
7505 {
7506 *input_line_pointer = c;
7507 code_only = 1;
7508 }
7509 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7510 {
7511 *input_line_pointer = c;
7512 loadable = 0;
7513 }
7514 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "comdat", 6) == 0))
7515 {
7516 *input_line_pointer = c;
7517 comdat = 1;
7518 }
7519 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "common", 6) == 0))
7520 {
7521 *input_line_pointer = c;
7522 common = 1;
7523 }
7524 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "dup_comm", 8) == 0))
7525 {
7526 *input_line_pointer = c;
7527 dup_common = 1;
7528 }
7529 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "zero", 4) == 0))
7530 {
7531 *input_line_pointer = c;
7532 zero = 1;
7533 }
7534 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "first", 5) == 0))
7535 as_bad (_("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument"));
7536 else
7537 as_bad (_("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument"));
7538 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7539 input_line_pointer++;
7540 }
7541 }
7542
7543 /* Compute a reasonable set of BFD flags based on the information
7544 in the .subspace directive. */
7545 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7546 flags = 0;
7547 if (loadable)
7548 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD);
7549 if (code_only)
7550 flags |= SEC_CODE;
7551
7552 /* These flags are used to implement various flavors of initialized
7553 common. The SOM linker discards duplicate subspaces when they
7554 have the same "key" symbol name. This support is more like
7555 GNU linkonce than BFD common. Further, pc-relative relocations
7556 are converted to section relative relocations in BFD common
7557 sections. This complicates the handling of relocations in
7558 common sections containing text and isn't currently supported
7559 correctly in the SOM BFD backend. */
7560 if (comdat || common || dup_common)
7561 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE;
7562
7563 flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7564
7565 /* This is a zero-filled subspace (eg BSS). */
7566 if (zero)
7567 flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7568
7569 applicable &= flags;
7570
7571 /* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the
7572 segment already associated with the subspace.
7573
7574 FIXME NOW! ELF BFD doesn't appear to be ready to deal with
7575 lots of sections. It might be a problem in the PA ELF
7576 code, I do not know yet. For now avoid creating anything
7577 but the "standard" sections for ELF. */
7578 if (create_new)
7579 section = subseg_force_new (ss_name, 0);
7580 else if (ssd)
7581 section = ssd->ssd_seg;
7582 else
7583 section = subseg_new (ss_name, 0);
7584
7585 if (zero)
7586 seg_info (section)->bss = 1;
7587
7588 /* Now set the flags. */
7589 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, section, applicable);
7590
7591 /* Record any alignment request for this section. */
7592 record_alignment (section, exact_log2 (alignment));
7593
7594 /* Set the starting offset for this section. */
7595 bfd_set_section_vma (stdoutput, section,
7596 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant));
7597
7598 /* Now that all the flags are set, update an existing subspace,
7599 or create a new one. */
7600 if (ssd)
7601
7602 current_subspace = update_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7603 code_only, comdat, common,
7604 dup_common, sort, zero, access_ctr,
7605 space_index, alignment, quadrant,
7606 section);
7607 else
7608 current_subspace = create_new_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7609 code_only, comdat, common,
7610 dup_common, zero, sort,
7611 access_ctr, space_index,
7612 alignment, quadrant, section);
7613
7614 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7615 current_subspace->ssd_seg = section;
7616 subseg_set (current_subspace->ssd_seg, current_subspace->ssd_subseg);
7617 }
7618 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (current_subspace) = 1;
7619 }
7620
7621 /* Create default space and subspace dictionaries. */
7622
7623 static void
7624 pa_spaces_begin (void)
7625 {
7626 int i;
7627
7628 space_dict_root = NULL;
7629 space_dict_last = NULL;
7630
7631 i = 0;
7632 while (pa_def_spaces[i].name)
7633 {
7634 char *name;
7635
7636 /* Pick the right name to use for the new section. */
7637 name = pa_def_spaces[i].name;
7638
7639 pa_def_spaces[i].segment = subseg_new (name, 0);
7640 create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[i].name, pa_def_spaces[i].spnum,
7641 pa_def_spaces[i].loadable, pa_def_spaces[i].defined,
7642 pa_def_spaces[i].private, pa_def_spaces[i].sort,
7643 pa_def_spaces[i].segment, 0);
7644 i++;
7645 }
7646
7647 i = 0;
7648 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7649 {
7650 char *name;
7651 int applicable, subsegment;
7652 asection *segment = NULL;
7653 sd_chain_struct *space;
7654
7655 /* Pick the right name for the new section and pick the right
7656 subsegment number. */
7657 name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name;
7658 subsegment = 0;
7659
7660 /* Create the new section. */
7661 segment = subseg_new (name, subsegment);
7662
7663 /* For SOM we want to replace the standard .text, .data, and .bss
7664 sections with our own. We also want to set BFD flags for
7665 all the built-in subspaces. */
7666 if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$"))
7667 {
7668 text_section = segment;
7669 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7670 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7671 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7672 | SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE
7673 | SEC_READONLY
7674 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7675 }
7676 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$"))
7677 {
7678 data_section = segment;
7679 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7680 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7681 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7682 | SEC_RELOC
7683 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7684
7685 }
7686 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$"))
7687 {
7688 bss_section = segment;
7689 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7690 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7691 applicable & SEC_ALLOC);
7692 }
7693 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$LIT$"))
7694 {
7695 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7696 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7697 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7698 | SEC_RELOC
7699 | SEC_READONLY
7700 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7701 }
7702 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$MILLICODE$"))
7703 {
7704 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7705 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7706 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7707 | SEC_RELOC
7708 | SEC_READONLY
7709 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7710 }
7711 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$UNWIND$"))
7712 {
7713 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7714 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7715 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7716 | SEC_RELOC
7717 | SEC_READONLY
7718 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7719 }
7720
7721 /* Find the space associated with this subspace. */
7722 space = pa_segment_to_space (pa_def_spaces[pa_def_subspaces[i].
7723 def_space_index].segment);
7724 if (space == NULL)
7725 {
7726 as_fatal (_("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s."),
7727 pa_def_subspaces[i].name);
7728 }
7729
7730 create_new_subspace (space, name,
7731 pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable,
7732 pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only,
7733 pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat,
7734 pa_def_subspaces[i].common,
7735 pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common,
7736 pa_def_subspaces[i].zero,
7737 pa_def_subspaces[i].sort,
7738 pa_def_subspaces[i].access,
7739 pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index,
7740 pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment,
7741 pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant,
7742 segment);
7743 i++;
7744 }
7745 }
7746
7747 /* Create a new space NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7748 by the given parameters. */
7749
7750 static sd_chain_struct *
7751 create_new_space (char *name,
7752 int spnum,
7753 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7754 int defined,
7755 int private,
7756 int sort,
7757 asection *seg,
7758 int user_defined)
7759 {
7760 sd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7761
7762 chain_entry = xmalloc (sizeof (sd_chain_struct));
7763 if (!chain_entry)
7764 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new space chain entry: %s\n"),
7765 name);
7766
7767 SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7768 strcpy (SPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7769 SPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = defined;
7770 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (chain_entry) = user_defined;
7771 SPACE_SPNUM (chain_entry) = spnum;
7772
7773 chain_entry->sd_seg = seg;
7774 chain_entry->sd_last_subseg = -1;
7775 chain_entry->sd_subspaces = NULL;
7776 chain_entry->sd_next = NULL;
7777
7778 /* Find spot for the new space based on its sort key. */
7779 if (!space_dict_last)
7780 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7781
7782 if (space_dict_root == NULL)
7783 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7784 else
7785 {
7786 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7787 sd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7788
7789 chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7790 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7791
7792 while (chain_pointer)
7793 {
7794 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7795 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next;
7796 }
7797
7798 /* At this point we've found the correct place to add the new
7799 entry. So add it and update the linked lists as appropriate. */
7800 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7801 {
7802 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7803 prev_chain_pointer->sd_next = chain_entry;
7804 }
7805 else
7806 {
7807 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7808 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7809 }
7810
7811 if (chain_entry->sd_next == NULL)
7812 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7813 }
7814
7815 /* This is here to catch predefined spaces which do not get
7816 modified by the user's input. Another call is found at
7817 the bottom of pa_parse_space_stmt to handle cases where
7818 the user modifies a predefined space. */
7819 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7820 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7821 #endif
7822
7823 return chain_entry;
7824 }
7825
7826 /* Create a new subspace NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7827 by the given parameters.
7828
7829 Add the new subspace to the subspace dictionary chain in numerical
7830 order as defined by the SORT entries. */
7831
7832 static ssd_chain_struct *
7833 create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space,
7834 char *name,
7835 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7836 int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7837 int comdat,
7838 int common,
7839 int dup_common,
7840 int is_zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7841 int sort,
7842 int access_ctr,
7843 int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7844 int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7845 int quadrant,
7846 asection *seg)
7847 {
7848 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7849
7850 chain_entry = xmalloc (sizeof (ssd_chain_struct));
7851 if (!chain_entry)
7852 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new subspace chain entry: %s\n"), name);
7853
7854 SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7855 strcpy (SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7856
7857 /* Initialize subspace_defined. When we hit a .subspace directive
7858 we'll set it to 1 which "locks-in" the subspace attributes. */
7859 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = 0;
7860
7861 chain_entry->ssd_subseg = 0;
7862 chain_entry->ssd_seg = seg;
7863 chain_entry->ssd_next = NULL;
7864
7865 /* Find spot for the new subspace based on its sort key. */
7866 if (space->sd_subspaces == NULL)
7867 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7868 else
7869 {
7870 ssd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7871 ssd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7872
7873 chain_pointer = space->sd_subspaces;
7874 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7875
7876 while (chain_pointer)
7877 {
7878 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7879 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->ssd_next;
7880 }
7881
7882 /* Now we have somewhere to put the new entry. Insert it and update
7883 the links. */
7884 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7885 {
7886 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7887 prev_chain_pointer->ssd_next = chain_entry;
7888 }
7889 else
7890 {
7891 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7892 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7893 }
7894 }
7895
7896 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7897 obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access_ctr, sort,
7898 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common);
7899 #endif
7900
7901 return chain_entry;
7902 }
7903
7904 /* Update the information for the given subspace based upon the
7905 various arguments. Return the modified subspace chain entry. */
7906
7907 static ssd_chain_struct *
7908 update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space,
7909 char *name,
7910 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7911 int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7912 int comdat,
7913 int common,
7914 int dup_common,
7915 int sort,
7916 int zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7917 int access_ctr,
7918 int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7919 int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7920 int quadrant,
7921 asection *section)
7922 {
7923 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7924
7925 chain_entry = is_defined_subspace (name);
7926
7927 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7928 obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access_ctr, sort,
7929 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common);
7930 #endif
7931
7932 return chain_entry;
7933 }
7934
7935 /* Return the space chain entry for the space with the name NAME or
7936 NULL if no such space exists. */
7937
7938 static sd_chain_struct *
7939 is_defined_space (char *name)
7940 {
7941 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7942
7943 for (chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7944 chain_pointer;
7945 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next)
7946 if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0)
7947 return chain_pointer;
7948
7949 /* No mapping from segment to space was found. Return NULL. */
7950 return NULL;
7951 }
7952
7953 /* Find and return the space associated with the given seg. If no mapping
7954 from the given seg to a space is found, then return NULL.
7955
7956 Unlike subspaces, the number of spaces is not expected to grow much,
7957 so a linear exhaustive search is OK here. */
7958
7959 static sd_chain_struct *
7960 pa_segment_to_space (asection *seg)
7961 {
7962 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
7963
7964 /* Walk through each space looking for the correct mapping. */
7965 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
7966 space_chain;
7967 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
7968 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
7969 return space_chain;
7970
7971 /* Mapping was not found. Return NULL. */
7972 return NULL;
7973 }
7974
7975 /* Return the first space chain entry for the subspace with the name
7976 NAME or NULL if no such subspace exists.
7977
7978 When there are multiple subspaces with the same name, switching to
7979 the first (i.e., default) subspace is preferable in most situations.
7980 For example, it wouldn't be desirable to merge COMDAT data with non
7981 COMDAT data.
7982
7983 Uses a linear search through all the spaces and subspaces, this may
7984 not be appropriate if we ever being placing each function in its
7985 own subspace. */
7986
7987 static ssd_chain_struct *
7988 is_defined_subspace (char *name)
7989 {
7990 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
7991 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
7992
7993 /* Walk through each space. */
7994 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
7995 space_chain;
7996 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
7997 {
7998 /* Walk through each subspace looking for a name which matches. */
7999 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8000 subspace_chain;
8001 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8002 if (strcmp (SUBSPACE_NAME (subspace_chain), name) == 0)
8003 return subspace_chain;
8004 }
8005
8006 /* Subspace wasn't found. Return NULL. */
8007 return NULL;
8008 }
8009
8010 /* Find and return the subspace associated with the given seg. If no
8011 mapping from the given seg to a subspace is found, then return NULL.
8012
8013 If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace
8014 (to make life easier on the compiler and linker), then this will have
8015 to become more efficient. */
8016
8017 static ssd_chain_struct *
8018 pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *seg, subsegT subseg)
8019 {
8020 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8021 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
8022
8023 /* Walk through each space. */
8024 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8025 space_chain;
8026 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8027 {
8028 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
8029 {
8030 /* Walk through each subspace within each space looking for
8031 the correct mapping. */
8032 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8033 subspace_chain;
8034 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8035 if (subspace_chain->ssd_subseg == (int) subseg)
8036 return subspace_chain;
8037 }
8038 }
8039
8040 /* No mapping from subsegment to subspace found. Return NULL. */
8041 return NULL;
8042 }
8043
8044 /* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number.
8045
8046 Return a pointer to a space dictionary chain entry for the space
8047 that was found or NULL on failure. */
8048
8049 static sd_chain_struct *
8050 pa_find_space_by_number (int number)
8051 {
8052 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8053
8054 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8055 space_chain;
8056 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8057 {
8058 if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == (unsigned int) number)
8059 return space_chain;
8060 }
8061
8062 /* No appropriate space found. Return NULL. */
8063 return NULL;
8064 }
8065
8066 /* Return the starting address for the given subspace. If the starting
8067 address is unknown then return zero. */
8068
8069 static unsigned int
8070 pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *space, int quadrant)
8071 {
8072 /* FIXME. Assumes everyone puts read/write data at 0x4000000, this
8073 is not correct for the PA OSF1 port. */
8074 if ((strcmp (SPACE_NAME (space), "$PRIVATE$") == 0) && quadrant == 1)
8075 return 0x40000000;
8076 else if (space->sd_seg == data_section && quadrant == 1)
8077 return 0x40000000;
8078 else
8079 return 0;
8080 return 0;
8081 }
8082 #endif
8083
8084 /* Helper function for pa_stringer. Used to find the end of
8085 a string. */
8086
8087 static unsigned int
8088 pa_stringer_aux (char *s)
8089 {
8090 unsigned int c = *s & CHAR_MASK;
8091
8092 switch (c)
8093 {
8094 case '\"':
8095 c = NOT_A_CHAR;
8096 break;
8097 default:
8098 break;
8099 }
8100 return c;
8101 }
8102
8103 /* Handle a .STRING type pseudo-op. */
8104
8105 static void
8106 pa_stringer (int append_zero)
8107 {
8108 char *s, num_buf[4];
8109 unsigned int c;
8110 int i;
8111
8112 /* Preprocess the string to handle PA-specific escape sequences.
8113 For example, \xDD where DD is a hexadecimal number should be
8114 changed to \OOO where OOO is an octal number. */
8115
8116 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8117 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8118 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8119 #endif
8120
8121 /* Skip the opening quote. */
8122 s = input_line_pointer + 1;
8123
8124 while (is_a_char (c = pa_stringer_aux (s++)))
8125 {
8126 if (c == '\\')
8127 {
8128 c = *s;
8129 switch (c)
8130 {
8131 /* Handle \x<num>. */
8132 case 'x':
8133 {
8134 unsigned int number;
8135 int num_digit;
8136 char dg;
8137 char *s_start = s;
8138
8139 /* Get past the 'x'. */
8140 s++;
8141 for (num_digit = 0, number = 0, dg = *s;
8142 num_digit < 2
8143 && (ISDIGIT (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8144 || (dg >= 'A' && dg <= 'F'));
8145 num_digit++)
8146 {
8147 if (ISDIGIT (dg))
8148 number = number * 16 + dg - '0';
8149 else if (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8150 number = number * 16 + dg - 'a' + 10;
8151 else
8152 number = number * 16 + dg - 'A' + 10;
8153
8154 s++;
8155 dg = *s;
8156 }
8157 if (num_digit > 0)
8158 {
8159 switch (num_digit)
8160 {
8161 case 1:
8162 sprintf (num_buf, "%02o", number);
8163 break;
8164 case 2:
8165 sprintf (num_buf, "%03o", number);
8166 break;
8167 }
8168 for (i = 0; i <= num_digit; i++)
8169 s_start[i] = num_buf[i];
8170 }
8171 break;
8172 }
8173 /* This might be a "\"", skip over the escaped char. */
8174 default:
8175 s++;
8176 break;
8177 }
8178 }
8179 }
8180 stringer (8 + append_zero);
8181 pa_undefine_label ();
8182 }
8183
8184 /* Handle a .VERSION pseudo-op. */
8185
8186 static void
8187 pa_version (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8188 {
8189 obj_version (0);
8190 pa_undefine_label ();
8191 }
8192
8193 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8194
8195 /* Handle a .COMPILER pseudo-op. */
8196
8197 static void
8198 pa_compiler (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8199 {
8200 obj_som_compiler (0);
8201 pa_undefine_label ();
8202 }
8203
8204 #endif
8205
8206 /* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op. */
8207
8208 static void
8209 pa_copyright (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8210 {
8211 obj_copyright (0);
8212 pa_undefine_label ();
8213 }
8214
8215 /* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine
8216 the latest space label. */
8217
8218 static void
8219 pa_cons (int nbytes)
8220 {
8221 cons (nbytes);
8222 pa_undefine_label ();
8223 }
8224
8225 /* Like float_cons, but we need to undefine our label. */
8226
8227 static void
8228 pa_float_cons (int float_type)
8229 {
8230 float_cons (float_type);
8231 pa_undefine_label ();
8232 }
8233
8234 /* Like s_fill, but delete our label when finished. */
8235
8236 static void
8237 pa_fill (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8238 {
8239 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8240 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8241 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8242 #endif
8243
8244 s_fill (0);
8245 pa_undefine_label ();
8246 }
8247
8248 /* Like lcomm, but delete our label when finished. */
8249
8250 static void
8251 pa_lcomm (int needs_align)
8252 {
8253 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8254 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8255 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8256 #endif
8257
8258 s_lcomm (needs_align);
8259 pa_undefine_label ();
8260 }
8261
8262 /* Like lsym, but delete our label when finished. */
8263
8264 static void
8265 pa_lsym (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8266 {
8267 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8268 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8269 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8270 #endif
8271
8272 s_lsym (0);
8273 pa_undefine_label ();
8274 }
8275
8276 /* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It should
8277 set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need. */
8278
8279 void
8280 md_begin (void)
8281 {
8282 const char *retval = NULL;
8283 int lose = 0;
8284 unsigned int i = 0;
8285
8286 last_call_info = NULL;
8287 call_info_root = NULL;
8288
8289 /* Set the default machine type. */
8290 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, DEFAULT_LEVEL))
8291 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
8292
8293 /* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA.
8294 Warn user and disable "-R" option. */
8295 if (flag_readonly_data_in_text)
8296 {
8297 as_warn (_("-R option not supported on this target."));
8298 flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0;
8299 }
8300
8301 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8302 pa_spaces_begin ();
8303 #endif
8304
8305 op_hash = hash_new ();
8306
8307 while (i < NUMOPCODES)
8308 {
8309 const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name;
8310
8311 retval = hash_insert (op_hash, name, (struct pa_opcode *) &pa_opcodes[i]);
8312 if (retval != NULL && *retval != '\0')
8313 {
8314 as_fatal (_("Internal error: can't hash `%s': %s\n"), name, retval);
8315 lose = 1;
8316 }
8317
8318 do
8319 {
8320 if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask)
8321 != pa_opcodes[i].match)
8322 {
8323 fprintf (stderr, _("internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"),
8324 pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args);
8325 lose = 1;
8326 }
8327 ++i;
8328 }
8329 while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name));
8330 }
8331
8332 if (lose)
8333 as_fatal (_("Broken assembler. No assembly attempted."));
8334
8335 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8336 /* SOM will change text_section. To make sure we never put
8337 anything into the old one switch to the new one now. */
8338 subseg_set (text_section, 0);
8339 #endif
8340
8341 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8342 dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy");
8343 S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section);
8344 /* Force the symbol to be converted to a real symbol. */
8345 symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol)->flags |= BSF_KEEP;
8346 #endif
8347 }
8348
8349 /* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be
8350 adjusted. This so that the linker can know when/how to create argument
8351 relocation stubs for indirect calls and calls to static functions.
8352
8353 "T" field selectors create DLT relative fixups for accessing
8354 globals and statics in PIC code; each DLT relative fixup creates
8355 an entry in the DLT table. The entries contain the address of
8356 the final target (eg accessing "foo" would create a DLT entry
8357 with the address of "foo").
8358
8359 Unfortunately, the HP linker doesn't take into account any addend
8360 when generating the DLT; so accessing $LIT$+8 puts the address of
8361 $LIT$ into the DLT rather than the address of $LIT$+8.
8362
8363 The end result is we can't perform relocation symbol reductions for
8364 any fixup which creates entries in the DLT (eg they use "T" field
8365 selectors).
8366
8367 ??? Reject reductions involving symbols with external scope; such
8368 reductions make life a living hell for object file editors. */
8369
8370 int
8371 hppa_fix_adjustable (fixS *fixp)
8372 {
8373 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8374 reloc_type code;
8375 #endif
8376 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix;
8377
8378 hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8379
8380 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8381 /* LR/RR selectors are implicitly used for a number of different relocation
8382 types. We must ensure that none of these types are adjusted (see below)
8383 even if they occur with a different selector. */
8384 code = elf_hppa_reloc_final_type (stdoutput, fixp->fx_r_type,
8385 hppa_fix->fx_r_format,
8386 hppa_fix->fx_r_field);
8387
8388 switch (code)
8389 {
8390 /* Relocation types which use e_lrsel. */
8391 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
8392 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
8393 case R_PARISC_DPREL21L:
8394 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF21L:
8395
8396 /* Relocation types which use e_rrsel. */
8397 case R_PARISC_DIR14R:
8398 case R_PARISC_DIR14DR:
8399 case R_PARISC_DIR14WR:
8400 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
8401 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
8402 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14DR:
8403 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14WR:
8404 case R_PARISC_DPREL14R:
8405 case R_PARISC_DPREL14DR:
8406 case R_PARISC_DPREL14WR:
8407 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14R:
8408 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14DR:
8409 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14WR:
8410
8411 /* Other types that we reject for reduction. */
8412 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY:
8413 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
8414 return 0;
8415 default:
8416 break;
8417 }
8418 #endif
8419
8420 /* Reject reductions of symbols in sym1-sym2 expressions when
8421 the fixup will occur in a CODE subspace.
8422
8423 XXX FIXME: Long term we probably want to reject all of these;
8424 for example reducing in the debug section would lose if we ever
8425 supported using the optimizing hp linker. */
8426 if (fixp->fx_addsy
8427 && fixp->fx_subsy
8428 && (hppa_fix->segment->flags & SEC_CODE))
8429 return 0;
8430
8431 /* We can't adjust any relocs that use LR% and RR% field selectors.
8432
8433 If a symbol is reduced to a section symbol, the assembler will
8434 adjust the addend unless the symbol happens to reside right at
8435 the start of the section. Additionally, the linker has no choice
8436 but to manipulate the addends when coalescing input sections for
8437 "ld -r". Since an LR% field selector is defined to round the
8438 addend, we can't change the addend without risking that a LR% and
8439 it's corresponding (possible multiple) RR% field will no longer
8440 sum to the right value.
8441
8442 eg. Suppose we have
8443 . ldil LR%foo+0,%r21
8444 . ldw RR%foo+0(%r21),%r26
8445 . ldw RR%foo+4(%r21),%r25
8446
8447 If foo is at address 4092 (decimal) in section `sect', then after
8448 reducing to the section symbol we get
8449 . LR%sect+4092 == (L%sect)+0
8450 . RR%sect+4092 == (R%sect)+4092
8451 . RR%sect+4096 == (R%sect)-4096
8452 and the last address loses because rounding the addend to 8k
8453 multiples takes us up to 8192 with an offset of -4096.
8454
8455 In cases where the LR% expression is identical to the RR% one we
8456 will never have a problem, but is so happens that gcc rounds
8457 addends involved in LR% field selectors to work around a HP
8458 linker bug. ie. We often have addresses like the last case
8459 above where the LR% expression is offset from the RR% one. */
8460
8461 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lrsel
8462 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rrsel
8463 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_nlrsel)
8464 return 0;
8465
8466 /* Reject reductions of symbols in DLT relative relocs,
8467 relocations with plabels. */
8468 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_tsel
8469 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_ltsel
8470 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
8471 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_psel
8472 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
8473 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lpsel)
8474 return 0;
8475
8476 /* Reject absolute calls (jumps). */
8477 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8478 return 0;
8479
8480 /* Reject reductions of function symbols. */
8481 if (fixp->fx_addsy != 0 && S_IS_FUNCTION (fixp->fx_addsy))
8482 return 0;
8483
8484 return 1;
8485 }
8486
8487 /* Return nonzero if the fixup in FIXP will require a relocation,
8488 even it if appears that the fixup could be completely handled
8489 within GAS. */
8490
8491 int
8492 hppa_force_relocation (struct fix *fixp)
8493 {
8494 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
8495
8496 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8497 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8498 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ENTRY
8499 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_EXIT
8500 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
8501 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
8502 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY
8503 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_TRY
8504 || (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL && fixp->fx_subsy != NULL
8505 && (hppa_fixp->segment->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0))
8506 return 1;
8507 #endif
8508 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8509 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
8510 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
8511 return 1;
8512 #endif
8513
8514 gas_assert (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL);
8515
8516 /* Ensure we emit a relocation for global symbols so that dynamic
8517 linking works. */
8518 if (S_FORCE_RELOC (fixp->fx_addsy, 1))
8519 return 1;
8520
8521 /* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a relocation
8522 entry if they're going to need either an argument relocation or long
8523 call stub. */
8524 if (fixp->fx_pcrel
8525 && arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixp->fx_addsy),
8526 hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc))
8527 return 1;
8528
8529 /* Now check to see if we're going to need a long-branch stub. */
8530 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL)
8531 {
8532 long pc = md_pcrel_from (fixp);
8533 valueT distance, min_stub_distance;
8534
8535 distance = fixp->fx_offset + S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_addsy) - pc - 8;
8536
8537 /* Distance to the closest possible stub. This will detect most
8538 but not all circumstances where a stub will not work. */
8539 min_stub_distance = pc + 16;
8540 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8541 if (last_call_info != NULL)
8542 min_stub_distance -= S_GET_VALUE (last_call_info->start_symbol);
8543 #endif
8544
8545 if ((distance + 8388608 >= 16777216
8546 && min_stub_distance <= 8388608)
8547 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 17
8548 && distance + 262144 >= 524288
8549 && min_stub_distance <= 262144)
8550 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 12
8551 && distance + 8192 >= 16384
8552 && min_stub_distance <= 8192)
8553 )
8554 return 1;
8555 }
8556
8557 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8558 return 1;
8559
8560 /* No need (yet) to force another relocations to be emitted. */
8561 return 0;
8562 }
8563
8564 /* Now for some ELF specific code. FIXME. */
8565 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8566 /* For ELF, this function serves one purpose: to setup the st_size
8567 field of STT_FUNC symbols. To do this, we need to scan the
8568 call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the
8569 difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols. */
8570
8571 void
8572 elf_hppa_final_processing (void)
8573 {
8574 struct call_info *call_info_pointer;
8575
8576 for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root;
8577 call_info_pointer;
8578 call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next)
8579 {
8580 elf_symbol_type *esym
8581 = ((elf_symbol_type *)
8582 symbol_get_bfdsym (call_info_pointer->start_symbol));
8583 esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size =
8584 S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol)
8585 - S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4;
8586 }
8587 }
8588
8589 static void
8590 pa_vtable_entry (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8591 {
8592 struct fix *new_fix;
8593
8594 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_entry (0);
8595
8596 if (new_fix)
8597 {
8598 struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8599
8600 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8601 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8602 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8603 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8604 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8605 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8606 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY;
8607 }
8608 }
8609
8610 static void
8611 pa_vtable_inherit (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8612 {
8613 struct fix *new_fix;
8614
8615 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_inherit (0);
8616
8617 if (new_fix)
8618 {
8619 struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8620
8621 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8622 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8623 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8624 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8625 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8626 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8627 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT;
8628 }
8629 }
8630 #endif
8631
8632 /* Table of pseudo ops for the PA. FIXME -- how many of these
8633 are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file
8634 dependent tables? */
8635 const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
8636 {
8637 /* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested,
8638 not the log2 of the requested alignment. */
8639 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8640 {"align", pa_align, 8},
8641 #endif
8642 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8643 {"align", s_align_bytes, 8},
8644 #endif
8645 {"begin_brtab", pa_brtab, 1},
8646 {"begin_try", pa_try, 1},
8647 {"block", pa_block, 1},
8648 {"blockz", pa_block, 0},
8649 {"byte", pa_cons, 1},
8650 {"call", pa_call, 0},
8651 {"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0},
8652 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))
8653 {"code", obj_elf_text, 0},
8654 #else
8655 {"code", pa_text, 0},
8656 {"comm", pa_comm, 0},
8657 #endif
8658 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8659 {"compiler", pa_compiler, 0},
8660 #endif
8661 {"copyright", pa_copyright, 0},
8662 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
8663 {"data", pa_data, 0},
8664 #endif
8665 {"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'},
8666 {"dword", pa_cons, 8},
8667 {"end", pa_end, 0},
8668 {"end_brtab", pa_brtab, 0},
8669 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
8670 {"end_try", pa_try, 0},
8671 #endif
8672 {"enter", pa_enter, 0},
8673 {"entry", pa_entry, 0},
8674 {"equ", pa_equ, 0},
8675 {"exit", pa_exit, 0},
8676 {"export", pa_export, 0},
8677 {"fill", pa_fill, 0},
8678 {"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
8679 {"half", pa_cons, 2},
8680 {"import", pa_import, 0},
8681 {"int", pa_cons, 4},
8682 {"label", pa_label, 0},
8683 {"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0},
8684 {"leave", pa_leave, 0},
8685 {"level", pa_level, 0},
8686 {"long", pa_cons, 4},
8687 {"lsym", pa_lsym, 0},
8688 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8689 {"nsubspa", pa_subspace, 1},
8690 #endif
8691 {"octa", pa_cons, 16},
8692 {"org", pa_origin, 0},
8693 {"origin", pa_origin, 0},
8694 {"param", pa_param, 0},
8695 {"proc", pa_proc, 0},
8696 {"procend", pa_procend, 0},
8697 {"quad", pa_cons, 8},
8698 {"reg", pa_equ, 1},
8699 {"short", pa_cons, 2},
8700 {"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
8701 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8702 {"space", pa_space, 0},
8703 {"spnum", pa_spnum, 0},
8704 #endif
8705 {"string", pa_stringer, 0},
8706 {"stringz", pa_stringer, 1},
8707 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8708 {"subspa", pa_subspace, 0},
8709 #endif
8710 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
8711 {"text", pa_text, 0},
8712 #endif
8713 {"version", pa_version, 0},
8714 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8715 {"vtable_entry", pa_vtable_entry, 0},
8716 {"vtable_inherit", pa_vtable_inherit, 0},
8717 #endif
8718 {"word", pa_cons, 4},
8719 {NULL, 0, 0}
8720 };
8721
8722 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8723 void
8724 hppa_cfi_frame_initial_instructions (void)
8725 {
8726 cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa (30, 0);
8727 }
8728
8729 int
8730 hppa_regname_to_dw2regnum (char *regname)
8731 {
8732 unsigned int regnum = -1;
8733 unsigned int i;
8734 const char *p;
8735 char *q;
8736 static struct { char *name; int dw2regnum; } regnames[] =
8737 {
8738 { "sp", 30 }, { "rp", 2 },
8739 };
8740
8741 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (regnames); ++i)
8742 if (strcmp (regnames[i].name, regname) == 0)
8743 return regnames[i].dw2regnum;
8744
8745 if (regname[0] == 'r')
8746 {
8747 p = regname + 1;
8748 regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10);
8749 if (p == q || *q || regnum >= 32)
8750 return -1;
8751 }
8752 else if (regname[0] == 'f' && regname[1] == 'r')
8753 {
8754 p = regname + 2;
8755 regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10);
8756 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
8757 if (p == q || *q || regnum <= 4 || regnum >= 32)
8758 return -1;
8759 regnum += 32 - 4;
8760 #else
8761 if (p == q
8762 || (*q && ((*q != 'L' && *q != 'R') || *(q + 1)))
8763 || regnum <= 4 || regnum >= 32)
8764 return -1;
8765 regnum = (regnum - 4) * 2 + 32;
8766 if (*q == 'R')
8767 regnum++;
8768 #endif
8769 }
8770 return regnum;
8771 }
8772 #endif
This page took 0.336377 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.